level, which is planned to occupy almost the entire property, and a small portion of the cul-de-sac oflndustrial Way that is located on the south side of the subject site. Retaining walls up to eight feet high are planned to support the excavation for the subterranean parking level. Two elevators are planned in the lobby area within the southwest portion of the proposed building. Retaining walls up to six feet high will be required to support the pit portion of the proposed elevators. Access to the subterranean parking level is to be provided by a ramp in the southwest comer of the proposed building, via the cul-de-sac of Industrial Way.
EXPLORATION
The scope of the field exploration was determined from our initial site visit and consultation with Mr. Matt Kingstreet. The preliminary plans prepared by MAKE, dated September 6, 2023, were a guide to our work on this project. Exploration was conducted using techniques normally applied to this type of project in this setting. This report is limited to the area of the exploration and the proposed project as shown on the enclosed Site Plan and cross section. The scope of this exploration did not include an assessment of general site environmental conditions for the presence of contaminants in the earth materials and groundwater. Conditions affecting portions of the property outside the area explored are beyond the scope of this report.
Exploration was conducted on October 19, 2023, with the aid of a hollow-stem-auger drill rig. It included drilling five borings to the approximate depths of 11.5 to 40.4 feet below existing grade.
Samples of the earth materials were obtained and delivered to our soils engineering laboratory for testing and analysis. The borings tailings were visually logged by the project soils engineer.
Following drilling and sampling, the borings were backfilled and mechanically tamped.
Office tasks included laboratory testing of selected soil samples, review of published maps and photos for the area, review of our files, review of agency files, preparation of a cross section, preparation of the Site Plan, engineering analysis, and preparation of this report. Earth materials BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 605
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
exposed in the borings are described on the enclosed Log of Borings . Appendix II contains a discussion of the laboratory testing procedures and results.
The proposed project and the locations of the borings are shown on the enclosed Site Plan.
Subsurface distribution of the earth materials and the proposed project are shown on Section A.
SITE DESCRIPTION
The subject property consists of a vacant, irregularly-shaped, graded parcel that is located within the southwest portion of the city of Placentia, Orange County, California (33.8671 ° N Latitude, 117 .8805 ° W Longitude). As depicted on the enclosed Aerial Vicinity Map, the property is bounded by the Burlington N orthem Santa Fe Railroad on the north, the Industrial Way cul-de-sac on the south, a commercial establishment on the east, and Placentia A venue on the west where the grade has been lowered to cross beneath the railroad underpass. The property is located approximately 320 feet west of the Orange (57) Freeway and one mile north of the Riverside (91) Freeway. A retaining wall up to 20 feet high is present adjacent to the west property boundary to support the grade change between the subject site and Placenta Avenue. The surrounding area has been developed generally with single-family residences on the north, and commercial/industrial establishments on the east, west, and south.
Based on our review of historic aerial photographs using www.historicaerials.com website, a commercial/industrial establishment previously occupied the subject site since at least 1972, and was apparently removed to facilitate the construction of the railroad underpass on Placentia A venue, and the associated 20-foot-high retaining wall on the west side of the subject property between 2012 and 2014. Based on the enclosed As-Built plans, the retaining wall (RW No. 2) is supported by a continuous footing that is constructed below the sidewalk of Placentia A venue, as shown on Drawing No. RW-8 (Appendix I).
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 606
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Past grading on the site has consisted of a temporary excavation within the west portion during the construction of the railroad underpass on Placentia A venue. The excavation was backfilled following the construction of the retaining wall on the west side of the site.
Surface drainage is by sheetflow runoff down the contours of the land to the south-southwest to Industrial Way.
GROUNDWATER
Groundwater was not encountered in the borings to the maximum explored depth of 40.4 feet below existing grade. In Seismic Hazard Zone Report 03, the California Geological Survey (CGS) has estimated the historically-highest groundwater level at the site was greater than 50 feet below ground surface (CGS, 1997), as shown on the enclosed Historic-High Groundwater Map.
Seasonal fluctuations in groundwater levels occur due to variations in climate, irrigation, development, and other factors not evident at the time of the exploration. Groundwater levels may also differ across the site. Groundwater can saturate earth materials causing subsidence or instability of slopes.
EARTH MATERIALS
Fill (Afu)
Fill, associated with previous site grading, underlies the subject site and ranges from 2½ feet within the east portion, to as much as 20 feet within the west portion as encountered in Borings 2 and 3.
Greater depths of fill may occur locally. The fill consists of silty sand, clayey sand, and sand that are dark olive-gray to dark olive-brown, slightly moist to moist, and medium dense to very dense, with varying amounts of asphalt and concrete debris, as well as crushed rock.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 607
Alluvium (Oal/Oyf)
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Natural alluvium underlies the east and central portions of the site and was encountered in Borings 1, 4, and 5. The alluvium is on the order of 17½ feet thick and consists of sand, silty sand, and clay that are light brown to olive-brown, slightly moist to very moist, medium dense, and medium stiff.
Older Alluvium (Ovof)
Older alluvium deposits underlie the subject property at depth and were encountered in Borings 1, 2, and 3. The older alluvium consists of a thin layer of sandy clay, underlain by sand. The older alluvium is slightly moist, very stiff, medium dense to very dense.
GENERAL SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS
Regional Faulting
The subject property is located in an active seismic region. Moderate to strong earthquakes can occur on numerous local faults. The United States Geological Survey, California Geological Survey (CGS), private consultants, and universities have been studying earthquakes in southern California for several decades. Early studies were directed toward earthquake prediction and estimation of the ~ffects of strong ground shaking. Studies indicate that earthquake prediction is not practical and not sufficiently accurate to benefit the general public. Governmental agencies now require earthquake- resistant structures. The purpose of the code seismic-design parameters is to prevent collapse during strong ground shaking. Cosmetic damage should be expected.
Southern California faults are classified as "active" or "potentially active." Faults from past geologic periods of mountain building that do not display evidence of recent offset are considered "potentially active." Faults that have historically produced earthquakes or show evidence of movement within the past 11,000 years are known as "active faults." No known active faults cross the subject BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 608
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
property, and the property is not located within a currently-designated Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zone (CGS, 2000). Therefore, the potential for surface rupture onsite is considered to be very low.
The known regional local active and potentially-active faults that could produce the most significant ground shaking on the site include the Elsinore-Whittier Section Fault. Another fault that is located near the site is the Puente Hills (Coyote Hills) blind thrust; however, this fault is considered inactive (ICBO, 1998). Forty-one faults were found within a 100-kilometer-radius search area from the site using EZ-FRISK V8.07 computer program. The results of seismic-source analysis are listed in Appendix III. The closest mapped "active" fault is the Elsinore-Whittier Section Fault, a Type A fault that is located 7.4 kilometers (4.6 mile) northeast of the site. The Elsinore-Whittier Section Fault is capable of producing a maximum moment magnitude of7.9 and an average slip rate of2.5 ± 1.0 millimeters per year (Cao et al., 2003 ). General locations ofregional active faults with respect to the subject site are shown on the enclosed Regional Fault Map (Appendix III).
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 609
Seismic Design Coefficients
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
The following table lists the applicable seismic coefficients for the project based on the California Building Code:
SEISMIC COEFFICIENTS
(2022 California Building Code -Based on ASCE Standard 7-16) Latitude= 33.8671 ° N
Longitude= 117.8805 ° W
Earth Materials and Site Class
from Table 20.3.3, ASCE Standard 7-16
Mapped Spectral Accelerations
from Figures 22-1 and 22-2
Site Coefficients
from Tables 11.4-1 and 11.4-2
Maximum Considered Spectral Response
Accelerations
from Equations 11.4-1 and 11.4-2
Design Spectral Response Accelerations
from Equations 11.4-3 and 11.4-4
Maximum Considered Earthquake Geometric
Mean (MCE0 ) Peak Ground Acceleration,
adjusted for Site Class effects
Short Period (0.2s) One-Second Period
Alluvium / Older Alluvium -D
ss = 1.635 (g) S1 = 0.576 (g)
Fv = 1.7 (g)
SMS = 1.635 (g) SM! = 0.979 (g)
Sns = 1.090 (g) SDI = 0.653 (g)
PGAM = 0.769 (g)
Reference: American Society for Civil Engineers, ASCE 7 Hazard Tool, https:// asce 7hazardtool.online/
The mapped spectral response acceleration parameter for the site for a I-second period (S 1) is less than 0. 75g. The design spectral response acceleration parameters for the site for a I-second period (SDI) is greater than 0.20g, and/or the short period (Sns) is greater than 0.50g. Therefore, the project is considered to be in Seismic Design Category D.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 610
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
The principal seismic hazard to the proposed project is strong ground shaking from earthquakes produced by local faults. Modem buildings are designed to resist ground shaking through the use of shear panels, moment frames, and reinforcement. Additional precautions may be taken, including strapping water heaters and securing furniture to walls and floors. It is likely that the. subject property will be shaken by future earthquakes produced in southern California.
Seismic Hazard Deaggregation Analysis
A probabilistic seismic hazard deaggregation analysis was performed on the subject site. Seismic parameters were determined using currently-available earthquake and fault information utilizing the 2018 National Seismic Hazard Model (NSHM) for Conterminous U.S. by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) Earthquake Hazard Toolbox (USGS, 2023). A shear-wave velocity (Vs30) of 260 meters-per-second (Site Class D) was used in the analysis. Hazard deaggregation indicates a predominant modal earthquake magnitude of 6.1 (Mw) at a modal distance of 8.2 kilometers. The Peak Horizontal Ground Acceleration (PHGA) with a 10-percent probability of exceedance in 50 years is estimated to be 0.44g on the subject site. These ground motions could occur at the site during the life of the project. Results of the analysis are graphically presented in the enclosed "Seismic Hazard Deaggregation Chart" (Appendix III).
Liquefaction
The CGS has not mapped the site within an area where historic occurrence of liquefaction or geological, geotechnical, and groundwater conditions indicate a potential for permanent ground displacement such that mitigation as defined in Public Resources Code Section 2693 ( c) would be required, as shown on the enclosed Seismic Hazard Zones Map. Current and historic-high groundwater levels are more than 50 feet below grade. Therefore, the earth materials underlying the subject site are not considered to be subject to liquefaction.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 611
Earthquake-Induced Landslicting
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
The CGS has not designated the property within a state zone requmng se1sm1c landslide investigation per Public Resources Code, Section 2693 ©, as shown on the enclosed Seismic Hazard Zones Map. Slopes are not present onsite and, therefore, earthquake-induced landsliding is not considered an issue to the proposed project.
Seiches and Tsunamis
Seiches are large waves generated in enclosed bodies of water, such as lakes and reservoirs, in response to ground shaking. Tsunamis are waves generated in large bodies of water by fault displacement or major ground movement. The site is not located near any lake or reservoir.
Furthermore, the site is at an average elevation of 209 feet above mean sea level and is located approximately 15 miles from the Pacific Ocean shoreline. Therefore, the risk to the project from seiches or tsunamis is considered to be nil.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
General Findings
The conclusions and recommendations of this exploration are based upon review of the preliminary plans, review of published maps, five borings, research of available records, laboratory testing, engineering analysis, and years of experience performing similar studies on similar sites. It is the finding of Byer Geotechnical, Inc., that development of the proposed project is feasible from a geotechnical engineering standpoint, provided the advice and recommendations contained in this report are included in the plans and are implemented during construction.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 612
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
The recommended bearing materials are the natural alluvium and older alluvium. Conventional foundations may be used to support the east and central portions of the proposed building, where firm natural alluvium is expected at the bottom of excavation for the subterranean level ( see Section A). Deepened foundations consisting of friction piles, possibly tied with grade beams, are recommended to support the west portion of the proposed building, to extend below the existing fill and be founded into the alluvium and older alluvium (see Section A). The existing fill should not be used for axial and lateral support. For piles located closer than eight-pile diameters from the underpass retaining wall, the portion of the pile shaft located above a 1: 1 plane projected from the bottom of the underpass retaining wall should be provided with a steel casing. The inside diameter of the steel casing should be larger than the size of the friction pile to allow for a minimum of½ inch lateral movement to avoid a lateral surcharge on the underpass retaining wall.
Soils to be exposed at finished grade are expected to exhibit a low expansion potential.
Geotechnical issues affecting the project include temporary excavations for the subterranean parking level up to 11 feet in height, including an estimate of the conventional foundation/grade beam embedment depth. Temporary shoring consisting of soldier piles and continuous lagging is recommended to facilitate the construction of the subterranean parking level retaining walls and to support existing off site improvements. Recommendations for temporary shoring are included in the "Temporary Excavations" section of this report.
FOUNDATION DESIGN
Spread Footings
Continuous and/ or pad footings may be used to support the east and central portions of the proposed building, provided they are founded in firm alluvium. Continuous footings should be a minimum of 12 inches in width. Pad footings should be a minimum of24-inches square. The following chart contains the recommended design parameters.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 613
Minimum
Bearing Embedment Vertical
Depth of Bearing Material Footing (psf)
(Inches)
Alluvium 24 2,000
Coefficient
of Friction
0.36 February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Passive Maximum
Earth Earth
Pressure Pressure
(pct) (psf)
200 4,000
Increases in the bearing value are allowable at a rate of 400 pounds-per-square-foot for each additional foot of footing width or depth to a maximum of 4,000 pounds-per-square-foot. For bearing calculations, the weight of the concrete in the footing may be neglected.
The bearing value shown above is for the total of dead and frequently applied live loads and may be increased by one-third for short duration loading, which includes the effects of wind or seismic forces. When combining passive and friction for lateral resistance, the passive component should be reduced by one-third.
Footings adjacent to retaining walls should be deepened below a 1: 1 plane from the bottom of the lower retaining wall, or the footings should be designed as grade beams to bridge from the wall to the 1:1 plane.
All continuous footings should be reinforced with a minimum of four #4 steel bars: two placed near the top and two near the bottom of the footings. Footings should be cleaned of all loose soil, moistened, free of shrinkage cracks, and approved by the geotechnical engineer prior to placing forms, steel, or concrete.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 614
Friction Piles -Axial Capacity
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Cast-in-place, concrete friction piles are recommended to support the west portion of the proposed building. Piles should be a minimum of 24 inches in diameter and a minimum of ten feet into the alluvium and older alluvium. The structural engineer may design piles that are deeper or larger in diameter depending on the loads. The piles may be designed per the enclosed allowable skin friction values (see Charts #1 -#3, Appendix II) for that portion of pile in contact with the alluvium and older alluvium.
Piles may be assumed fixed at 6 feet below the top of pile for free-head conditions, and 10 feet below the top of the pile for fixed-head conditions. The point of fixity for piles that are provided with a steel casing should be taken at the tip of the casing or the 1: 1 plane shown on Section A, whichever is greater.
Piles spaced more than three-pile diameters center-to-center may be considered isolated for axial capacity. The axial capacity of piles placed in a group closer than three-pile diameters should be reduced. The pile-group-efficiency factor shown in the following table should be applied for the total axial capacity of the individual piles:
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 615
Pile Group Efficiency Table -Axial Capacity
Pile Spacing Group Efficiency*
(in pile diameter "D") 2 Piles 3 Piles
2.50D 88% 80%
2.25 D 87% 78%
2.00D 85% 75%
1.75 D 83% 72%
1.50 D 81% 69%
1.25 D 79% 64%
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
4 Piles
76%
73%
70%
67%
63%
57%
* Reference: Converse-Labarre Equation, Bowles, Foundation Analysis and Design, 1997.
Uplift Forces
Uplift forces on piles may result during a seismic event. The allowable uplift skin resistance and total capacity should be taken as one-half the allowable downward skin friction shown on the enclosed Allowable Pile Axial Capacity charts.
Friction Piles -Lateral Design
The friction value is for the total of dead and frequently applied live loads and may be increased by one-third for short duration loading, which includes the effects of wind or seismic forces. Resistance to lateral loading may be provided by passive earth pressure within the alluvium and older alluvium.
Passive earth pressure may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 250 pounds-per- cubic-foot. The maximum allowable earth pressure is 4,000 pounds-per-square-feet. For design of isolated piles, the allowable passive and maximum earth pressures may be increased by 100 percent.
Piles spaced more than eight-pile diameters center-to-center may be considered isolated for lateral capacity in the direction of lateral movement.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 616
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
The lateral capacity of piles placed in a group closer than eight-pile diameters should be reduced.
The pile-group-efficiency factor shown in the following table should be applied for the total lateral capacity of the individual piles:
Pile Group Efficiency Table -Lateral Capacity
Pile Spacing Group Efficiency (in pile dimension "D")
7D 85%
6D 80%
5D 70%
4D 60%
3D 40%
Foundation Settlement
Settlement of the conventional and deepened foundation systems is expected to occur on initial application of loading. A total settlement of one-half of an inch to one inch may be anticipated.
Differential settlement should not exceed one-fourth of an inch over a horizontal distance of 30 feet.
RETAINING WALLS
General Design
Cantilever retaining walls up to eight feet high, with a level backslope and uniform vehicular surcharge of 300 pounds-per-foot, may be designed for an active equivalent fluid pressure of 43 pounds-per-cubic-foot (see Calculation Sheet #la). Retaining walls should be provided with a subdrain or weepholes covered with a minimum of 12 inches of ¾-inch crushed gravel.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 617
Proposed subterranean retaining walls, which will be
restrained, should be designed for the at-rest lateral earth pressure of 3 8H, where H is the height of the wall ( see Calculation Sheet #2a). The diagram illustrates the
trapezoidal distribution of earth pressure. The design
earth pressures assume that the walls are free draining.
Subterranean retaining walls should be provided with a
subdrain or weepholes covered with a minimum of 12
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
TRAPEZOIDAL DISTRIBUTION OF
AT-REST PRESSURE
=ti:2H -I 0 .6 H H -
-. 1 0 .2 H
38H
inches of¾-inch crushed gravel. An alternative subdrain system, consisting ofMiradrain and gravel pockets (one-cubic-foot minimum) connected to a solid pipe outlet, may be used behind the subterranean retaining walls. A sump pump will be required for basement subdrains. The gravel pockets should be excavated to penetrate the slurry backfill behind the lagging to ensure contact with the earth materials behind the lagging.
Seismic Load
Seismic analysis of the cantilever and restrained retaining walls indicates that no additional loading due to seismic forces is required, since the calculated seismic thrusts are less than the static active and at-rest design thrusts for a retained height up to 8 feet (see Calculation Sheets #1 Sa and #3Sa).
Hydrostatic Pressure
Since the elevator pits are planned below the subterranean parking level, covered with a concrete slab-on-grade, the subdrain system may be omitted for the elevator-pit walls. These walls should be designed for an active equivalent fluid pressure of 30 pounds-per-cubic-foot (triangular distribution), or at-rest lateral pressure of 20H (trapezoidal distribution). An additional triangular pressure of 62.4 pounds-per-cubic-foot should be applied in the design of the elevator pit walls to resist hydrostatic forces.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 618
Backfill
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Retaining wall backfill should be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density as determined by ASTM D 1557-12, or equivalent. Where access between the retaining wall and the temporary excavation prevents the use of compaction equipment, retaining walls should be backfilled with ¾-inch crushed gravel to within two feet of the ground surface. Where the area between the wall and the excavation exceeds 18 inches, the gravel must be vibrated or wheel-rolled, and tested for compaction. The upper two feet of backfill above the gravel should consist of a compacted-fill blanket to the surface. Restrained walls should not be backfilled until the restraining system is in place.
Foundation Design
Retaining wall footings may be sized per the "Deepened Foundations" and "Spread Footings" sections of this report.
Retaining Wall Deflection
It should be noted that non-restrained retaining walls can deflect up to one percent of their height in response to loading. This deflection is normal and results in lateral movement and settlement of the backfill toward the wall. The zone of influence is within a 1: 1 plane from the bottom of the wall.
Hard surfaces or footings placed on the retaining wall backfill should be designed to avoid the effects of differential settlement from this movement. Decking that caps a retaining wall should be provided with a flexible joint to allow for the normal deflection of the retaining wall. Decking that does not cap a retaining wall should not be tied to the wall. The space between the wall and the deck will require periodic caulking to prevent moisture intrusion into the retaining wall backfill.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 619
TEMPORARY EXCAVATIONS
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Temporary excavations will be required to construct the subterranean parking level of the proposed building, and to support existing offsite improvements. The excavations are expected to be up to about 11 feet in height and will expose fill and alluvium. Vertical excavations up to four feet high are considered temporarily stable (see Calculation Sheet #4). Where vertical excavations exceed four feet in height, the upper portion should be trimmed to 1: 1 ( 45 degrees).
Vertical excavations removing support from adjacent footings or adjacent to property lines will require the use of temporary shoring such as soldier piles. Design values can be found in the "Soldier Piles" section below.
The geologist should be present during grading to see temporary slopes. All excavations should be stabilized within 30 days of initial excavation. Water should not be allowed to pond on top of the excavations nor to flow toward them. No vehicular surcharge should be allowed within three feet of the top of the cut.
Soldier Piles
Drilled, cast-in-place concrete soldier piles may be utilized as temporary shoring to support excavations to construct the subterranean parking level of the proposed building, and to support existing offsite improvements. The piles should be a minimum of 18 inches in diameter and a minimum of ten feet into the existing fill/alluvium/older alluvium below the excavation. Piles may be assumed fixed at three feet into the existing fill/alluvium/older alluvium below the excavation.
The piles may be designed for a skin friction of 400 pounds-per-square-foot for that portion of pile in contact with the existing fill/alluvium/older alluvium below the excavation. Piles should be spaced a maximum of eight feet on center. Shoring spacing may be increased up to 10 feet on center in local areas such as ramp approaches and comers of shoring. The piles may be designed for an active equivalent fluid pressure of30 pounds-per-cubic-foot ( see Calculation Sheets #5 and #6). The BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 620
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
equivalent fluid pressure should be multiplied by the pile spacing. The piles may be included in the permanent retaining wall. Where a combination of sloped embankment and shoring is used, the pressure will be greater and must be determined for each combination.
Lateral Design
The friction value is for the total of dead and frequently applied live loads and may be increased by one-third for short duration loading, which includes the effects of wind or seismic forces. Resistance to lateral loading may be provided by passive earth pressure within the existing fill/alluvium/older alluvium.
Passive earth pressure may be computed as an equivalent fluid having a density of 200 pounds-per- cubic-foot. The maximum allowable earth pressure is 4,000 pounds-per-square-foot. For design of isolated piles, the allowable passive and maximum earth pressures may be increased by 100 percent.
Piles spaced more than 2½-pile diameters on center may be considered isolated.
Laggin g
Continuous lagging is recommended between the soldier piles. The soldier piles should be designed for the full anticipated lateral pressure. However, the pressure on the lagging will be less due to arching in the soils. Lagging should be designed for the recommended earth pressure, but may be limited to a maximum value of 400 pounds-per-square-foot. The space behind lagging should be backfilled with cement slurry.
Lagging should be placed behind the front flange of the shoring steel I-beams. In some cases, the shoring is designed with the lagging behind the rear flange of the shoring steel I-beams. This is to maximize the interior area and position the walls as near the property lines as possible. During the installation oflagging behind the rear flange, the shoring is not supporting the excavation while the lagging is placed and backfilled. This can cause damage to adjacent offsite improvements, such as BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 621
I
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
buildings, site walls, sidewalks, etc. !flagging is to be placed behind the rear flange of the I-beams, the lagging should be installed in slot cuts (ABC method), where lagging is installed and slurry- backfilled in the "A" slots before the "B" and "C" slots are excavated for lagging. Also, the maximum vertical height exposed should be no more than five feet.
Deflection
Some deflection of the shored embankment should be anticipated. Where shoring is planned adjacent to existing structures, it is recommended that lateral deflection not exceed one-half of an inch. For shoring not surcharged by a structure, the allowable deflection is deferred to the structural engineer. If greater deflection occurs during construction, additional bracing or anchors may be necessary to minimize deflection. If desired to reduce the deflection of the shoring, a greater active pressure could be used in the shoring design.
FLOOR SLABS
Floor slabs should be cast over firm natural alluvium and reinforced with a minimum of #4 bars on 16-inch centers, each way. The west portion of the floor slab overlying the existing fill should be structurally designed to bridge between the piles.
Slabs that will be provided with a floor covering should be protected by a polyethylene plastic vapor barrier. The barrier should be sandwiched between the layers of sand, about two inches each, to prevent punctures and aid in the concrete cure. A low-slump concrete may be used to minimize possible curling of the slab. The concrete should be allowed to cure properly before placing vinyl or other moisture-sensitive floor covering.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 622
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
It should be noted that cracking of concrete slabs is common. The cracking occurs because concrete shrinks as it cures. Control joints, which are commonly used in exterior decking to control such cracking, are normally not used in interior slabs. The reinforcement recommended above is intended to reduce cracking and its proper placement is critical to the performance of the slab. The minor shrinkage cracks, which often form in interior slabs, generally do not present a problem when carpeting, linoleum, or wood floor coverings are used. The slab cracks can, however, lead to surface cracks in brittle floor coverings such as ceramic tile.
EXT ERI OR C ONCRETE D ECKS
Decking should be cast over an approved compacted subgrade and reinforced with a minimum of #3 bars placed 18 inches on center, each way. Decking that caps a retaining wall should be provided with a flexible joint to allow for the normal one to two percent deflection of the retaining wall.
Decking that does not cap a retaining wall should not be tied to the wall. The space between the wall and the deck will require periodic caulking to prevent moisture intrusion into the retaining wall backfill. The sub grade should be moistened prior to placing concrete.
UTILITY-TRENCH BACKFILL
Utility trenches on the subject site may be backfilled with the onsite soil, provided it is free of debris and oversized material. Prior to backfilling the trench, pipes should be bedded and shaded in a granular material that has a sand equivalent (SE) of 30 or greater. The sand should extend 12 inches above the top of the pipe. The bedding/shading sand should be densified in-place by water jetting.
Soil backfill above the bedding sand should be placed in thin, loose layers, moistened as required, and compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density. The thickness of layers should be based on the type of equipment used for compaction in accordance with the recent edition of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Greenbook).
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 623
CEMENT TYPE AND CORROSION PROTECTIO
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
A representative sample of the near-surface soil was obtained during field exploration for laboratory testing. Corrosion test results are included in Appendix I. The results indicate that concrete structures in contact with the soils onsite will have a negligible exposure to water-soluble sulfates in the soil. According to Tables 19.3.1.1 and 19.3.2.1 of Section 19.3 of the ACI318-14 Code, Type II cement may be used for concrete construction.
The results of the laboratory testing also indicate that the near-surface soil onsite is considered corrosive to ferrous metals. Special mitigation measures for corrosion protection of steel and other metallic elements in contact with the soil may be required. The corrosion information presented in Appendix I of this report should be provided to the underground utility subcontractor.
DRAINAGE
Control of site drainage is important for the performance of the proposed project. Pad and roof drainage should be collected and transferred to the street or approved location in non-erosive drainage devices. Drainage should not be allowed to pond on the pad or against any foundation or retaining wall. Planters located within retaining wall backfill should be sealed to prevent moisture intrusion into the backfill. Drainage control devices require periodic cleaning, testing, and maintenance to remain effective.
Low-Impact Development (LID) Requirements
Typically, infiltration systems are utilized in areas underlain bypervious granular earth materials that have high percolation characteristics. In addition, infiltration systems are normally planned at least 10 feet from adjacent property lines or public right-of-way, and 10 feet from a 1: 1 plane projected from the bottom of adjacent structural foundations. The proposed building is planned to occupy the entire site. In addition, the subject site is partially underlain by fill. Allowing water to percolate into BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 624
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
the fill will most likely increase the potential for hydroconsolidation and ensuing settlement.
Therefore, onsite infiltration is not recommended.
As an alternative, a biofiltration system, a capture-and-reuse system, or equivalent, may be installed on the site in accordance with the City of Placentia Best Management Practices. A planter box may be used to capture and treat storm-water runoff through different soil layers before discharging water to the street storm drain. The planter box should be an impermeable rigid structure that is equipped with an underdrain to prevent water infiltration to the underlying subsurface earth materials. Planter boxes may be situated aboveground and placed adjacent to buildings. Planter boxes should be designed as freestanding and for an inward equivalent fluid pressure of 43 pounds-per-cubic-foot.
This fluid pressure includes possible vehicular surcharge. Byer Geotechnical, Inc., should be provided with the final plans to verify the location of the planter boxes.
Irrigation
Control of irrigation water is a necessary part of site maintenance. Soggy ground and perched water may result if irrigation water is excessively applied. Irrigation systems should be adjusted to provide the minimum water needed. Adjustments should be made for changes in climate and rainfall.
WATERPROOFING
Interior and exterior retaining walls are subject to moisture intrusion, seepage, and leakage, and should be waterproofed. Waterproofing paints, compounds, or sheeting can be effective if properly installed. Equally important is the use of a subdrain that daylights to the atmosphere. The subdrain should be covered with ¾-inch crushed gravel to help the collection of water. Landscape areas above the wall should be sealed or properly drained to prevent moisture contact with the wall or saturation of wall backfill.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 625
PLAN REVIEW
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Formal plans ready for submittal to the building department should be reviewed by Byer Geotechnical. Any change in scope of the project may require additional work.
SITE OBSERVATIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION
The building department requires that the geotechnical engineer provide site observations during grading and construction. Foundation excavations should be observed and approved by the geotechnical engineer or geologist prior to placing steel, forms, or concrete. The engineer/geologist should observe bottoms for fill, compaction of fill, temporary and soldier pile excavations, lagging and slurry backfill, and subdrains. All fill that is placed should be approved by the geotechnical engineer and the building department prior to use for support of structural footings and floor slabs.
Please advise Byer Geotechnical, Inc., at least 24 hours prior to any required site visit. The building department stamped plans, the permits, and the geotechnical reports should be at the job site and available to our representative. The project consultant will perform the observation and post a notice at the job site with the findings. This notice should be given to the agency inspector.
FINAL REPORTS
The geotechnical engineer will prepare interim and final compaction reports upon request. The geologist will prepare reports summarizing pile excavations.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 626
CONSTRUCTION SITE MAINTE ANCE
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
It is the responsibility of the contractor to maintain a safe construction site. The area should be fenced and warning signs posted. All excavations must be covered and secured. Soil generated by foundation excavations should be either removed from the site or placed as compacted fill. Soil should not be spilled over any descending slope. Workers should not be allowed to enter any unshored trench excavations over five feet deep. Water shall not be allowed to saturate open footing trenches.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 627
GENERAL CONDITIONS AND NOTICE
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
This report and the exploration are subject to the following conditions. Please read this section carefully; it limits our liability.
In the event of any changes in the design or location of any structure, as outlined in this report, the conclusions and recommendations contained herein may not be considered valid unless the changes are reviewed by Byer Geotechnical, Inc., and the conclusions and recommendations are modified or reaffirmed after such review.
The subsurface conditions, excavation characteristics, and geologic structure described herein have been projected from test excavations on the site and may not reflect any variations that occur between these test excavations or that may result from changes in subsurface conditions.
Fluctuations in the level of groundwater may occur due to variations in rainfall, temperature, irrigation, and other factors not evident at the time of the measurements reported herein.
Fluctuations also may occur across the site. High groundwater levels can be extremely hazardous.
Saturation of earth materials can cause subsidence or slippage of the site.
If conditions encountered during construction appear to differ from those disclosed herein, notify us immediately so we may consider the need for modifications. Compliance with the design concepts, specifications, and recommendations requires the review of the engineering geologist and geotechnical engineer during the course of construction.
THE EXPLORATION WAS PERFORMED ONLY ON A PORTION OF THE SITE, AND
CANNOT BE CONSIDERED AS INDICATIVE OF THE PORTIONS OF THE SITE NOT EXPLORED.
This report, issued and made for the sole use and benefit of the client, is not transferable. Any liability in connection herewith shall not exceed the Phase I fee for the exploration and report or a negotiated fee per the Agreement. No warranty is expressed, implied, or intended in connection with the exploration performed or by the furnishing of this report.
THIS REPORT WAS PREPARED ON THE BASIS OF THE PRELIMINARY DEVELOPMENT PLAN FURNISHED. FINAL PLANS SHOULD BE REVIEWED BY THIS OFFICE AS ADDITIONAL GEOTECHNICAL WORK MAY BE REQUIRED.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy .Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 628
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Byer Geotechnical appreciates the opportunity to provide our service on this project. Any questions concerning the data or interpretation of this report should be directed to the undersigned.
Respectfully submitted,
BYER GEOTEC N ...... ·'°"·;.~ ,'I,&---(,
~
Raffi S. Babayan
P.E. 72168 G. E. 212
RSB:RIZ:cj
S:\FINAL\BG\23 793 _Patel\23 793 _Patel_ Geotechnical Engineering Exploration. wpd Enc: List of References
xc:
Appendix I -As-Built Plans for Placentia Avenue Railroad Underpass Drawing No. R -2, Roadway Improvements
Drawing No. RW -8, Retaining Wall No. 2 -General Plan No. 1 Drawing No. RW -11, Retaining Wall No. 2 -Details No. 1 Appendix II -Laboratory Testing and Log of Borings
Laboratory Testing (2 Pages)
Shear Test Diagrams (3 Pages)
Consolidation Curves (3 Pages)
Log of Borings 1 -5 (7 Pages)
Appendix III -Calculations and Figures
Seismic Sources (2 Pages)
(1)
(3)
Seismic Hazard Deaggregation Chart (2 Pages)
Allowable Pile Axial Capacity Charts (3 Pages)
Retaining Wall Calculation Sheet #1 -#3 (10 Pages)
Temporary Excavation Calculation Sheet #4
Shoring Pile Calculation Sheets #5 and #6 ( 4 Pages)
Aerial Vicinity Map
Regional Topographic Map
Historic Topographic Map
Regional Geologic Map #1 and #2 (2 Pages)
Regional Fault Map
Seismic Hazard Zones Map
Historic-High Groundwater Map
Site Plan
Section A
Yagnesh Patel (E-mail and Mail)
MAKE Architecture, Attention: Matt Kingstreet (E-mail and Mail) BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 629
REFERENCES
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Bedrosian, T. L., et al. (2010), Geologic Compilation of Quaternary Surficial Deposits in Southern California, Special Report 217 (Revised).
California Building Standards Commission (2022), 2022 California Building Code, Based on the 2021 International Building Code (IBC), Title 24, Part 2, Vol. 1 and 2.
California Department of Conservation (1998), State of California, Seismic Hazard Zones, Anaheim Quadrangle, Official Map, Division of Mines and Geology.
California Department of Conservation (1997, updated 2001), Seismic Hazard Zone Report 03, Seismic Hazard Zone Report for the Anaheim 7.5-Minute Quadrangle, Los Angeles County, California.
California Department of Conservation (2008), Special Publication 117 A, Guidelines for Evaluating and Mitigating Seismic Hazards in California.
California Geological Survey (Formerly California Division of Mines and Geology), 2000, Digital Images of Official Maps of Alquist-Priolo Earthquake Fault Zones, Southern Region, DMG CD 2000-003.
Cao, T., et al. (2003), The Revised 2002 California Probabilistic Seismic Hazard Maps, June, 2003.
ICBO (1998), Maps of Known Active Fault Near-Source Zones in California and Adjacent Portions of Nevada.
Jennings, C. W., and Bryant, W. A. (2010), Fault Activity Map of California, California Geological Survey, 150th Anniversary, Map No. 6.
Morton, D. M., and Miller, F. K. (2006), Geologic Map of the San Bernardino and Santa Ana 30' X 60' Quadrangles, California, 1: 100,000 scale, United States Geological Survey, Open File Report 2006-1217, Version 1.0.
U.S. Geological Survey, Earthquake Hazard Toolbox -Seismic Hazard Deaggregation, NSHM Conterminous U.S. 2018, https://earthquake.usgs.gov/nshmp/hazard/disagg .
Software
EZ-FRJSK 8.07, Fugro Consultants, Inc.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 630
APPENDIX I
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
As-Built Plans for Placentia A venue Railroad Underpass BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 631
"' 0
N
' N
::::
CD
,.
II
0 ... ::
0 __,
"-
-
PROTECT. IN
PLACE EXIST SCE
POWER POLE
fi_rfff E~~r ______ _
.SLOPE ESMT
EX, R/W
APN 338-071-17
M&H REAL TY, INC ,
PROTECT IN PLACE
EXIST TR EE
SEE NOTE 11
-------
15+19 . 74 l PLACENTI A=
9+79 ;61 l INOUS TRIAL
l INTERSEC TION
RETAINING WALL No. 1
IMPROVEMENTS PER RW SHEETS
PLACE N TIA
I
· !sTR~ET
_J. ESMT
16+76.47 l PLACENTIA= 127+85 ,4 5 l REALIGNED
MAIN TRACK 2
l INTERSEC T ION
GENERAL NOTES
1. SEE SL SHEETS FOR STREET LIGHTING
DETAILS,
2. SEEL SHEETS FOR LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION DETAILS.
3. SEE U SHEETS FOR GENERAL DISPOSITION
OF UTILITIES WITHIN PROJECT AREA.
4, SEE CD SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL DETAILS
AND RECONSTRUCTION WITHIN PRIVATE
PROPERTY.
5. SEE SD SHEETS FOR STORM DRAIN DETAILS. 7 6. SEE WG AND WF SHEETS FOR WATER LINE 0:: DETAILS.
r-+-+--........::.:.:.:...:..:..:...::__~----1.U 7. SEE S AND SF SHEETS FOR SEWER LINE 1-DETAILS.
La.J 8. SEE TS SHEETS FOR TRAFFIC SIGNAL
LaJ DETAILS.
~ ...
0 -===-===:-::::!~c=~-=-=-~=-==--==lt:=-==-::::!~:-:tJ:=-=c-!:::c=-=-~=c=-=~=-==~~:-::::!~~~'="=-~=-==-=~=-==-=~-~M,....:.--~r----\----\--.....,,i~=""=!-d~~~,d.l :C V) 9. SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 3:1, ...
2 ;::
LaJ
LaJ
V)
0 in
+ N
:c u
1-
c:t
~
STORM
DRAIN
ESMT
.FOOTI NG &
STORM DRAI N
ESMT
SEE CD-10 FOR
PRIVATE PROPERTY
RECONSTRUCTION
i-.--1-=-APN 339-443-03
CITY OF PLACENTIA
0 1
"' 0 ,,. ..
i ,
0 C .., ,,.
C
·;. ;
~ ..
§
.:
0 ~
"' ;; ..
i
0 ~
\.
! a .. c
5l
APN 339-443-02
PROUT INDUSTRIES
i 1---------------------------FOR REDI.UD PU/15. 0 i: OIUC!llll. SCALE IN 11«:M!S 2 ;::: R E V 8 I ON 8
PROP R/W
(DETAIL 3) 16 ~------
RET AINING WALL No 2 ---._ 1 .,-----__.__ ~~~Ri~E~~~ns ~EE CD-l O F~~---l. ___ SAWCUT LINE PRIVATE PROPER ~ --_
RECONSTRUCTI ON TCE_/-_\ ---
APN 339-443-01
PROUT INDUSTRIES
PROTECT IN PLACE
EXIST SCE POWER Poli
EX. R/W
R E F E R E N C E 8 o c T A ~~M~~TCHA M9~1M.:rm
" s
7+35.00
Beg Pee S/W
Beg ROLLED CURB URB TRANS ITION ER CD-1 5
7+47 .98
EX. R/W
STREET ESMT-~::::::._..::..--\------.!1.--,_>;_;
l REALIGNED
MAIN TRACK 1-1.----~--~
fl REALIGNED MA I N TR ACK 2 __.:i.__---l __ _
fl FUTURE
MAIN TRACK 3
126+08.79
\ (25.15' LT )
, END FENCE
\
Beg FE
APN
339-442~02
\
TCE~
\
TC SPECIAL TIES, INC. \
BNSF
SEE CD-11 FOR PR IVATE
PROPERTY RECONST RUCTI ON
\ y
10.SEE SHEET CD-5 FOR DETAILS OF PUMP
STATION MAINTENANCE PAD IMPROVEMENTS.
AS BUil T
C.C.A. DATE S/12/1S
SCALE: l "=20 ' R.E, NAIE JEFFREY SHAI
PLACENTIA AVENUE IMPROVEMENTS
ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS
DRAWING NO.
STA 12+50 TO STA 17+50 (PLACENTIA AVE,)
STA 7+50 TO STA 9+12,58 (INDUSTRIAL WAY) R-2
632
,------------------. ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. -~ •
BEGIN RW NO. 2 TOTAL LENGTH OF
48 '-0 " 48 '-0 "
DESIGN SECTION TYPE A I DESIGN SECTION
WALL ALONG RWLOL = 408'-0"
312'-0"
TYPE B j DESIGN SECTION TYPE A
RWLOL ~I
~ 40'-0 " 7
1 CONCRETE I BARRIER
1 (TYPE 732
I MODIFIED)
TOP OF
GUTTER
FG
LENGTH 24 '-0 " 24 '-0 " 48'-0"
DESIGN "H" 8 '-0 " I 10'-0" I 12'-0 "
48 '-0 "
I 14 '-0" I
48 '-0 "
16 '-0 " c t PLACENTIA AVE
ARCHITECTURAL --.j
TREATMENT
---c -----
OG
EXPANSION JT SPACING 48 '-0 " 96 '-0 " 96'-0"
WEAKENED PLANES 2 II 24 '
TOP OF WALL!'\
4 11 24' 4 ~ 24 '
BARRIER & RAILING ~ (SEE NOTE 2) TOP OF GUTTER \
OG~ NOT SHOWN
--~-=----
GUTTE RS
&. & ~--&. * /\ :""'\ l'\ & GEOCOMPOSITE ?=
DRAIN
"' ... .. ;.;
~ ,.,
II
Cl
!: g ...
199.00 TF
* 3" DRAIN LINE INSTALLED ALONG FACE
OF WALL AND CONNECTED TO CURB
OUTLET PIPE AT LOWER ELEVATATION1 SEE "RETAINING WALL DETAILS NO. 3 SHEET.
DATUM ELEV. 1 75.00
CURVE DA TA
10·1 R I ~ T L
oo· 02° 34 •30" 48.08' 96.17'
1 011 nn TIC I 196.50 TF 195.50 TF
\193.00
TOP OF SIDEWALK _../
1 194 .00 TF TF
STEPS -
AT FACE OF WALL -
FOOTING I TYP ~ WEEP HOLE, TYP ® WEAKENED ~ (SEE NOTES 3 & 6) 3 -1 PLANE, TYP \:V WALL EXPANSION~
JOINT, TYP
213 214
DEVELOPED MIRROR ELEVATION
SCALE: 1"=10'-0" LEGEND:
XXX.XX TF INDICATES TOP OF FOOTING ELEVATION
EXIST ABANDONED HIGH ~ PRESSURE GAS LINE
TO BE REMOVED
(SEE WARNING NOTE) LINE TO BE RE LOCATED
BY OTHERS
(SEE NOTE 4)
TOP OF SIDEWAL K
(SEE NOTE 7)
SEE NOTE 6
TOP OF RDWY
(SEE NOTE 7)
CURB & GUTTER
(SEE NOTE 7)
--------=
TYPICAL SECTION (TYPE A)
SCALE: '1◄"=1 '-0"
6'-8" MIN
METAL HAND RAILING
z
c.:>
VI w
C
i PLACENTIA AVE EXIST GAS LINE EC STA
EXIST OH ELECTR ICA\✓
13+48.30 Gi PLACENTIA AV\o '-O" RWLOL~
(PWSP 606-3 TYPE CJ
& VA RIES J EXISTING BUILDING
(PROTECT
; BEGIN
£ 40.00
'5
"' ~.
0 0
N
0 'i:
TO BE .ABANDONED
BY OTHERS
----Q---1-----Q -------Q -Q -Q ....
"(of) -Q -Q -Q
R=21 oo· I g --s -Q --s -Q --s --s ;~~~~~~~~~==---&--====£~~~~f~~~~~====i=~~=f====~=-.::~======--=~~=::;:====::::::::~jl-s --'w RW NO. 2 LOL-l1 2+52.12= 0 ':l:!
RT PL ACENTA AVE SlA 12+53,92 ,.l3 Nl 4058 'l l"E 14 §iiVI W EXIST SEWER LINE C. WSAEETE~WALTINE~ PLANS " o::N
-----w TO BE RELOCATED . · 8 0 --w------w------w ----1cE MAIN SEE----W---~~w--,nZ =--FM---~ I-cf.PUMP STATION PLANS,. ~~
FM ---..c:: ----------FM ----FM--------------FM ------l ~t w--' ~~
.....IW
I
I
i ARCHITECTU:: ~
TREATMENT
(SEE NOTE 4)
SEE NOTE 6
OG/FG ~
z
c.:>
VI w
C
TOP OF
: GUTTER
IN PLACE)
z
:i::w uc.:>
1-=
~w
::::i;w
NOTE: SEE TYPICAL SECTION ABOVE FOR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN
VI TYPICAL SECTION (TYPE
SCALE: 11◄"=1 '-0"
j -------SD ----.... -214 -----• D
' ' . '\ j ~I _:._ __ ._·-·-_______ TcE ~-_,,.._:;.:-,,..-:~. ~ / ·\
0 WARNING: I EXISTING BUILDING~ ✓-· \\\ I
;;; THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE AWARE OF (PROTECT IN PLACE) "✓ •• '., , ~ ~~ UN!lERGRQUN~-.HlGlit. ~E;5,SURE GAS ' ea \\ ; LINE. I .,,,,· PLAN .L ____________ _ t------------------------, FOIi REDUll.O PLAHS. O 2 ~ 5 SCALE: 1"=10'-0" NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONTROLLING FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE ORDERING OR FABRICATING ANY MATERIAL,
2. FOR TOP OF WALL ELEVATIONS, GENERAL NOTES AND INDEX TO PLANS, SEE "INDEX TO PLANS" SHEET.
3. FOR DRAINAGE DETAILS, SEE "RETAINING WALL DETAILS NO. 3" SHEET.
4. FOR ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT DETAILS, SEE "RETAINING WALL ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS" SHEETS.
5. FOR SIZE AND TYPE OF EXISTING UTILITIES, POTHOLE INFORMATION AND OVERHEAD UTILITY ELEVATIONS, SEE "UTILITY
6. WEEP HOLES AND GU T TER DOWNDRAINS SHALL OUTLET TH ROUGH CURB FACE/ EXCEPT AS NOTED IN ELEVATION. I}
7. FOR STREET IMPROVEMENTS AND ROADWAY ALI GNMENT INFORMATI ON, SEE "ROAD PLANS". ~
8. PORTION OF EXISTING ABANDONED UTILITIES IN CONFLICT WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED.
PLANS".
~ UIIG !IIA!. SUL£ IN INC!llS
;: REVISIONS R E F E R E N C E S ocTAg~~N~~TtAM9~:sj.1~i1 rN~flRl~tofv5 10 PLACENTIA AVENUE 1MPRovEMENTs DRAIING NO. ': o, "'111 1' , 1.11, , ••a Maita•• PREPARED BY1MTS RETAINING WALL NO. 2 16T'JS Yon Karman Ave. Suite 205
I v'ne l ifornia 92606 GENERAL PLAN NO. 1
RW-8
' g P 1~: . . CITY OF PLACENTIA SKEET..lL OF.fil..
L ..... ---.. -.. -.. ---... ---....... -.. -.. -.... -.. -.. -....... -.. --......... --.... -... -. -· -· -.. -.. --· .. -.. -.. ------------.. ----------·--------· -------· .. ----.. ------. -----. ··-----.... -..... ----..... ·-· --------.. ··--·-·----·· ........................ --------------------...... -. --------· -----· ·-·-·-· -·---. ----... -. ---.. -.. -.... -.. --633
•
,.
II
~ ::
0 ... a.
~
◄ 0
,.
"
C
!:
0 ... a.. ...
~
" ._;
~
·5
m
D ... .
0 0
N g
~ .,,
I
D ~ ~ ..
"' .,,
~ u .,,
,c
,.
I
NUMBER ABOVE (cl BARS INDICATES
DISTANC E FR0M"tOP OF FOOTING TO
UPPER END OF@ BARS.
H=8'
H=6'
H=1 O'
\
H=l 8'
H=24'
H=22' V
V
H=20' V
V
i..-1---v...-g'
_,,...-g' E
en
,..i,, -o _,
,-~ -_,
H=14' I __,V -_ CXl \..
..-------I I'" ,-I.., 13'-6"
I _,.~
H = 1 6' 1,.-----J,..-v g'~ E
"" 1 2'-6"
H=12' _.,,V --?"
V ~,,,, 111 ·-0·1· 11,· (1-6 · ----lC --\..
8'-0"
I I
10 '-0 ''
9 '-
1 6 .. I 9 •-0 ..
8 '-6"
8'-0"
7 '-6"
6 '-0 " 6 '-6"
H=26'
Cl
C
0 \,.
15'-3"
10'-0'
CONCRETE BARRIER
(TYPE 732 MODIFIED)
TOP OF WALL
EXTERIOR ---
FACE
VERTICAL
SHORT @ ---TT
5 '-6 " L ll_JJ_j~-HftHffrr--\C ,_..,.......Tl-
H=4 '
i---
,._,V_,V ,._,V ,oV ... ~ ,o .. V ,o.Y .-~ .-~ ,--~ ,~ .-~
ELEVATION (TYPE A)
¾" = 1 '-0 ''
TABLE OF REINFORCING STEEL DIMENSIONS AND DATA
DESIGN H 4 • 6 ' 8 ' 10' 12' 14' 16' 18' 20' 22 ' 24 '
w 3 '-6 " 4 '-6 " 5 '-6 " 6 '-6 '' 7 '-6 " B'-6'' 9 '-6 " 10'-6" 11 '-6 " 12 '-6" 13 '-6" C 1 '-0 " 1 '-4" 1 '-8" 2 '-4 " 2 '-4" 2 '-7" 2'-11" 3 '-3 " 4 '-2" 3 •-11 " 4 '-5" B 2 '-·6 " 3 '-2 " 3 '-10" 4 '-2 " 5 '-2 " 5 '-11 " 6 '-7" 7 '-3" 7 '-4" 8 '-7" 9 '-1" F 1 '-4 " 1 '-4" 1 '-4 " 1 '-4 " 1 '-4 " 1 '-6 " 1 '-6 " 1 '-6" 1 '-6" 1 '-8" 1 '-1 O" BATTER ½:12 ½:12 ½:12 ½:12 'h:12 1/2:12 ½:12 %:12 %:12 %:12 7'4:12 @ BARS --------#5 I) 24 #5 I) 32 #5 I) 28
@ BARS ----#5 I) 16 #5 I) 10 #5 I) 10 #6 I) 16 #8 I) 12 #9 I) 16 #9 I) 14 © BARS #5 I) 16 #5 I) 16 #6 I) 16 #6 I) 10 #6 I) 8 #8 I) 10 #9 I) 10 #9 I) 8 #9 I) 6 #11 (I 8 #11 (I 7 @ BARS #5 Cl 16 #5 I) 16 #5 Cl 16 #5 Cl 10 #5 Cl B #8 Cl 10 #9 I) 10 #9 I) 8 #9 I) 6 #11 I) 8 #11 I) 7 FOR REDUCED PLAIIS, 0 2 J • ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
R E y 8 I 0 N 8
aam.n, ._...,. ...
O!.ni.ftS -let ...
O!i/11/1~ AS•ILIILT ...
SHORT@
26 '
14 '-6 "
4 '-9 "
9 '-9 "
2 '-2 "
7'4:12
#5 I) 12
#9 I) 12
#11 I) 6
#11 I) 6
ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT
NOT SHOWN, SEE NOTE 2
2" CLR
H=lO') THRU
H=18'
STOP@ l '-0 "
2 '-8"
H=20 '
THRU
H=26'
a:
...I u
;.,,
C
TYPICAL
NOTE: HAND RAILING NOT SHOWN
TOP OF GUTTER
FG
BATTERED
BACKFACE
2" CLR
w
SECTION
½" = 1 '-0 "
SHORT@
CONST
JOINT
W/4 FOR
W/3 FOR
B
H.:10'
H2:'12'
(TYPE A)
~
z
C)
VI
LLI
Cl
16 DE TAIL 1
¾" = 1 '-0"
,~ 1½~·,
r---.~ I I Cl
I I •'
I -
I
I
I
I
BATTERED
BACK FACE
* DETERMINE WIDTH AS SHOWN
STEM WIDTH AT
BASE OF HAUNCH
{
8" FOR H :', 14'
2'-3" FOR H ~ 16'
7'4 " = 1 '-0"
AS BUil T
C,C,A, DATE ----'c;S/~12,aa/1;;;5-=-a~-
R.E. NAIE JEFFREY SHAI
NOTES
1. FOR DRAINAGE DETAILS SEE "RETAINING WALL DETAILS
NO. 3" SHEET.
2. FOR ARCHITECTURAL TREATMENT, SEE "RETAINING WALL
ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS" SHEETS.
RW-11
RETAINING WALL DETAILS NO. 1
• g ':0.:.'":'.".',~·!!~,,.,.11·•..-u.i. ""'· _.,,_, • am CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET..!!.. or..fil.
I ____ -.. --·--·-------·-------------------------.. --· ------··--------------. -------------·-------------·· -----·-----------------------------------·--. ----------------·----. -. ---------. -. -. -------. --. ------......... -··--·----.. -------··-··. ··--· ........... --...... ···-. ·-·· -··--· ...... ----.. -··-··. -· ··-·. --. -· --. -. --· --... --..... ___ • __ _ 634
APPENDIX II
Laboratory Testing and Log of Borings
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 635
APPENDIX II
LABORATORY TESTING
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Undisturbed and bulk samples of the existing fill, alluvium, and older alluvium were obtained from the borings and transported to the laboratory for testing and analysis. The samples were obtained by driving a ring-lined, barrel sampler conforming to ASTM D 3550-01 with successive drops of the sampler. Experience has shown that sampling causes some disturbance of the sample. However, the test results remain within a reasonable range. The samples were retained in brass rings of 2.50 inches outside diameter and 1.00 inch in height. The samples were stored in close fitting, waterproof containers for transportation to the laboratory.
Moisture-Density
The dry density of the samples was determined using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 293 7-10.
The moisture content of the samples was determined using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 2216-10. The results are shown on the enclosed Log of Borings.
Maximum Density
The maximum dry density and optimum moisture content of the future compacted fill were determined using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 1557-12, a five-layer standard. Remolded samples were prepared at 90 percent of the maximum dry density. The remolded samples were tested for shear strength.
Depth Earth USCS + Color Maximum Optimum Expansion Boring (Feet) Material Soil Type Density Moisture Index (pct) % 1 0-5 Fill/ Silty Sand 120.0 14.0 24-Low Alluvium Light Brown Expansion Test
To find the expansiveness of the soil, a swell test was performed using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 4829-11. Based upon the testing, the near-surface soil is expected to exhibit a low expansion potential.
Shear Tests
Shear tests were performed on samples of the alluvium, older alluvium, and future compacted fill using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 3080-11 and a strain controlled, direct-shear machine manufactured by Soil Test, Inc. The rate of deformation was 0.025 inches-per-minute. The samples were tested in an artificially saturated condition. Following the shear test, the moisture content of the samples was determined to verify saturation. The results are plotted on the enclosed Shear Test Diagrams.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 636
Consolidation
APPENDIX II (Continued)
February 8, 2024
BG 23793
Consolidation tests were performed on in situ samples of the alluvium and older alluvium using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 2435-11. Results are graphed on the enclosed Consolidation Curves.
Fines Content
Sieve analysis (wash method) was performed on representative samples of the alluvium and older alluvium obtained from Borings B3 and B4 using the procedures outlined in ASTM D 1140-14. The tests were performed to assist in the classification of the soil and to determine the fines content (percent passing #200 sieve). The results are shown on the enclosed Log of Borings B3 and B4, and are summarized in the following table:
Results of Sieve Analysis (Wash Method) Laboratory Tests Boring Depth Fines Boring Depth Fines
Content Soil Type Content Soil Type No. (feet) (%) No. (feet) (%) B3 20.0 54.6 Sandy Clay (CL) B4 10.0 40.5 Silty Sand (SM) Corrosion
A representative bulk sample of the near-surface soil was transported to Environmental Geotechnology Laboratory for chemical testing. The testing was performed in accordance with Caltrans Standards 643 (pH), 422 (Chloride Content), 417 (Sulfate Content), and 532 (Resistivity).
The results of the testing are reported in the following table:
CHEMICAL TEST RESULTS TABLE
Depth Chloride Sulfate Resistivity
Sample (Feet) pH (PPM) (%) (Ohm-cm)
Bl 0-5 8.29 155 0.005 1,400
The chloride and sulfate contents of the soil are negligible and not a factor in corrosion. The pH is near neutral and not a factor. The resistivity indicates that the soil is considered corrosive to ferrous metals.
BYER GEOTECHNICAL, INC.
1461 East Chevy Chase Drive, Suite 200 • Glendale, California 91206 • tel 818.549.9959 • fax 818.543.3747 • www.byergeo.com 637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com Transportation Planning ￭ Traffic & VMT Studies ￭ Parking Studies ￭ Traffic Engineering ￭Traffic Signal Design/Modification ￭ Signing & Striping Plans ￭ Traffic Control Plans Noise, Air Quality & Greenhouse Gas Studies
450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVENUE
HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT
FOCUSED TRAFFIC & PARKING STUDY
City of Placentia, CA
Prepared for
MR. YOGI PATEL
17708 ALBURTIS AVENUE
ARTESIA, CA 90701
Prepared by
MAT ENGINEERING INC.
17192 MURPHY AVENUE, IRVINE, CALIFORNIA 92623
CONTACT: ALEX TABRIZI, PE, TE ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ [email protected]
Alex Tabrizi, PE, TE
October 31, 2025
Project & Doc No. 0065-2025-01
684
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION & PROJECT DESCRIPTION .................................................................... 1
1.1 Purpose of Report & Study Objectives .................................................................................. 1
1.2 Site Location & Project Description ....................................................................................... 1
2.0 ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA & THRESHOLDS ................ 3
2.1 Intersection Peak Hour Level of Service Analysis Methodology ............................................ 3
2.1.1 City of Placentia Unsignalized Study Intersection Methodology: HCM ................................ 4
2.1.2 City of Placentia Level of Service Performance Criteria ...................................................... 5
3.0 EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUMES & CIRCULATION SYSTEM .............................................. 6
3.1 Existing Traffic Controls & Intersection Geometrics ............................................................... 6
3.2 Existing Traffic Volumes ........................................................................................................ 6
4.0 PROJECT TRIP GENERATION & TRAFFIC VOLUMES ..................................................... 7
4.1 Project Trip Generation ......................................................................................................... 7
4.2 Project Trip Distribution ......................................................................................................... 8
4.3 Project Traffic Volumes ......................................................................................................... 8
4.4 Background Traffic ................................................................................................................ 8
4.4.1 Approved & Pending Projects Traffic .................................................................................. 9
4.5 Existing Plus Project Conditions Traffic Volumes .................................................................. 9
4.6 Opening Year Without Project Conditions Traffic Volumes .................................................... 9
4.7 Opening Year With Project Conditions Traffic Volumes ......................................................... 9
5.0 STUDY INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE ANALYSIS ................................................10
6.0 INDUSTRIAL WAY VEHICLE MANEUVERS ......................................................................11
7.0 PROJECT PARKING VARIANCE EVALUATION ................................................................12
8.0 OFFSITE PARKING ............................................................................................................15
9.0 VALET OPERATIONS ........................................................................................................17
10.0 FINDINGS & CONCLUSIONS ...........................................................................................21
10.1 Project Trip Generation Summary ..................................................................................... 21
10.2 LOS Analysis Summary .................................................................................................... 21
10.3 Industrial Way Vehicle Maneuvers Summary .................................................................... 21
10.4 Project Parking Variance Evaluation ................................................................................. 22
10.5 Offsite Parking .................................................................................................................. 23
10.6 Valet Operations ............................................................................................................... 25 685
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
APPENDIX A: Approved Scope of Work
APPENDIX B: EXISTING TRAFFIC COUNT DATA
APPENDIX C: HCM ANALYSIS SHEETS
EXISTING CONDITIONS
EXISTING PLUS PROJECT CONDITIONS
OPENING YEAR WITHOUT PROJECT CONDITIONS
OPENING YEAR WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS
LIST OF TABLES
Table Page
Table 1 HCM Level of Service ................................................................................................ 4 Table 2 Project ITE Trip Generation Rates ............................................................................. 7 Table 3 Project Trip Generation Summary ............................................................................. 8 Table 4 Industrial Way / West Crowther Avenue Study Intersection Peak Hour LOS Analysis Summary ...................................................................................................10 Table 5 Project Required Parking Per the City of Placentia Municipal Code ...........................12 Table 6 Project Required Parking Per ITE Parking Generation Manual ...................................13
686
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
LIST OF EXHIBITS
Exhibit
Exhibit A Project Location .....................................................................................................
Exhibit B Proposed Site Plan ................................................................................................
Exhibit C Study Intersection Location ....................................................................................
Exhibit D Study Intersection Geometry ..................................................................................
Exhibit E Existing Conditions Traffic Volumes .......................................................................
Exhibit F Project Trip Distribution ..........................................................................................
Exhibit G Project Traffic Volumes ..........................................................................................
Exhibit H Existing Plus Project Conditions Traffic Volumes ...................................................
Exhibit I Opening Year Without Project Conditions Traffic Volumes .....................................
Exhibit J Opening Year With Project Conditions Traffic Volumes..........................................
Exhibit K Industrial Way Vehicle Maneuver Evaluation ......................................................... 687
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
1.0 INTRODUCTION & PROJECT DESCRIPTION
1.1 Purpose of Report & Study Objectives
This study provides a focused analysis for the traffic and parking conditions associated with the proposed 450 South Placentia Avenue Hilton Tru Hotel project in the City of Placentia.
The study and analysis evaluate the following elements for the proposed project in accordance with the scope of work previously prepared by MAT Engineering, Inc. and reviewed and approved by City staff (copy contained in Appendix A):
a. Traffic impacts and level of service (LOS) evaluation of project trips at the intersection of Industrial Way / West Crowther Avenue.
b. Evaluation of vehicular circulation after converting Industrial Way from a cul-de- sac to a dead-end street (i.e. the ability for vehicles, including delivery trucks, to turn around within the street’s boundaries).
c. Analysis of requested variance on minimum parking requirements. d. Recommendations for any off-site parking restrictions. e. Discussion on hotel’s handling of check-in parking and queueing.
1.2 Site Location & Project Description
The currently vacant project site is located at 450 South Placentia Avenue in the City of Placentia.
The proposed project consists of construction and operation of a hotel with 86 total room count.
As part of the proposed project, the existing cul de sac at the terminus of Industrial Way will be redesigned and reconstructed.
Parking for the proposed project is planned to be provided via a total of 82 on-site parking spaces that will all be accessed by valet operations (no self-parking will be permitted). Valet staff will take in guests vehicles and luggage and park the vehicles in the proposed on-site surface parking area and subterranean parking structure for the project.
The project is planned to open in 2027. Access for the project is planned via one unsignalized driveway on Industrial Way.
688
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
Exhibit A shows the project location. Exhibit B shows the proposed site plan.
1.3 Study Area & Analysis Scenarios
The study area has been identified based on discussions with City during the scoping process and consists of the intersection of Industrial Way / West Crowther Avenue. Exhibit C shows the study intersection location.
Consistent with the approved scope of work, the level of service analysis evaluates the following scenarios for weekday peak hour (7:00 AM to 9:00 AM and 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM) conditions:
• Existing Conditions;
• Forecast Existing Plus Project Conditions;
• Forecast Opening Year (2027) Without Project Conditions; and • Forecast Opening Year (2027) With Project Conditions. 689
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
2.0 ANALYSIS METHODOLOGIES, PERFORMANCE CRITERIA &
THRESHOLDS
This section of the report presents the methodologies used to perform the traffic analyses summarized in this report in accordance with the City of Placentia requirements.
This section also discusses the agency-established applicable performance criteria and thresholds of level of service operation for the study facilities.
2.1 Intersection Peak Hour Level of Service Analysis Methodology Level of Service (LOS) is commonly used as a qualitative description of intersection operation and is based on the capacity of the intersection and the volume of traffic using the intersection.
The definitions of level of service for uninterrupted flow (flow unrestrained by the existence of traffic control devices) are:
• LOS A represents free flow. Individual users are virtually unaffected by the presence of others in the traffic stream.
• LOS B is in the range of stable flow, but the presence of other users in the traffic stream begins to be noticeable. Freedom to select desired speeds is relatively unaffected, but there is a slight decline in the freedom to maneuver.
• LOS C is in the range of stable flow but marks the beginning of the range of flow in which the operation of individual users becomes significantly affected by interactions with others in the traffic stream.
• LOS D represents high-density but stable flow. Speed and freedom to maneuver are severely restricted, and the driver experiences a generally poor level of comfort and convenience.
• LOS E represents operating conditions at or near the capacity level. All speeds are reduced to a low, but relatively uniform value. Small increases in flow will cause breakdowns in traffic movement.
• LOS F is used to define forced or breakdown flow. This condition exists wherever the amount of traffic approaching a point exceeds the amount which can traverse the point.
Queues form behind such locations.
690
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
2.1.1 City of Placentia Unsignalized Study Intersection Methodology: HCM In accordance with the City of Placentia requirements, the methodology used to assess the operation of the unsignalized study area intersections is the Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) methodology.
The Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) defines level of service (LOS) as a qualitative measure which describes operational conditions within a traffic stream, generally in terms of such factors as speed and travel time, freedom to maneuver, traffic interruptions, comfort and convenience, and safety. The criteria used to evaluate LOS conditions vary based on the type of roadway and whether the traffic flow is considered interrupted or uninterrupted.
For signalized intersections, average control delay per vehicle is used to determine the LOS.
For all-way stop controlled intersections, the LOS is also determined based on the average control delay per vehicle. For intersections with stop control on the minor street only, the calculation of LOS is dependent on the occurrence of gaps in the traffic flow of the main street, and the LOS is determined based on the worst individual movement or movements sharing a single lane of the stop-controlled movement.
The Highway Capacity Manual 6th Edition (HCM 6) methodology describes the operation of an intersection using a range of LOS from LOS A (free-flow conditions) to LOS F (severely congested conditions), based on the corresponding ranges of stopped delay experienced per vehicle for signalized and unsignalized intersections.
Table 1 shows the LOS criteria based on the HCM methodology.
Table 1
HCM Level of Service
Level of
Service
Signalized
(delay in seconds)
Unsignalized
(delay in seconds)
A 0.00 - 10.00 0.00 - 10.00
B 10.10 - 20.00 10.01 - 15.00
C 20.10 - 35.00 15.01 - 25.00
D 35.10 - 55.00 25.01 - 35.00
E 55.10 - 80.00 35.01 - 50.00
F >80.00 >50.00
691
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
2.1.2 City of Placentia Level of Service Performance Criteria The acceptable LOS for the City of Placentia is LOS D or better. If the project causes the peak hour level of service operation of a study intersection to deteriorate to LOS E or F, improvements will be identified to achieve acceptable LOS (LOS D or better).
692
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
3.0 EXISTING TRAFFIC VOLUMES & CIRCULATION SYSTEM
This section provides a discussion of existing study area conditions and traffic volumes.
3.1 Existing Traffic Controls & Intersection Geometrics Exhibit D identifies the existing roadway conditions for the study intersection. The number of through traffic lanes and the intersection controls are identified.
3.2 Existing Traffic Volumes
Existing Conditions intersection level of service calculations are based upon manual AM and PM peak hour turning movement counts taken in August 2025 during typical conditions. The AM peak hour traffic volumes were determined by counting the two-hour period between 7:00 AM and 9:00 AM. Similarly, the PM peak hour traffic volumes were identified by counting the two- hour period between 4:00 PM and 6:00 PM.
Exhibit E shows the existing traffic volumes at the study intersection.
The traffic count worksheets are included in Appendix B.
693
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
4.0 PROJECT TRIP GENERATION & TRAFFIC VOLUMES
This section provides a discussion on methodologies utilized to derive future traffic volumes for the study area.
4.1 Project Trip Generation
As previously noted, the proposed project consists of construction and operation of a hotel with 86 total room count.
Trip generation represents the amount of traffic that is attracted and produced by a development. The trip generation for the project is based upon the specific land uses that have been planned for this development.
Trip generation rates for the proposed development are shown in Table 2 and are based on the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Trip Generation, 11th Edition, 2021. This publication provides a comprehensive evaluation of trip generation rates for a variety of land uses.
Table 2
Project ITE Trip Generation Rates
Land Use ITE
Code Units
Peak Hour
Daily AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
In Out Total In Out Total
Hotel 310 Rooms 0.26 0.20 0.46 0.30 0.29 0.59 7.99
Notes:
Source: 2021 ITE 11th Edition Trip Generation Manual;
Utilizing the ITE trip generation rates shown in Table 2, Table 3 summarizes the daily and peak hour trip generation for the proposed project.
694
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
Table 3
Project Trip Generation Summary
Land Use ITE
Code Units Quantity
Peak Hour
Daily AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
In Out Total In Out Total
Hotel 310 Rooms 86 22 18 40 26 25 51 687
Notes:
Source: 2021 ITE 11th Edition Trip Generation Manual.
As shown in Table 3, based on ITE trip generation rates, the proposed project is forecast to generate approximately 687 daily trips which include approximately 40 AM peak hour trips and approximately 51 PM peak hour trips.
4.2 Project Trip Distribution
Trip distribution represents the directional orientation of traffic to and from the project site.
Trip distribution is heavily influenced by the geographical location of the site, the location of residential, employment and recreational opportunities, and the proximity to the regional freeway system. The directional orientation of traffic was determined by evaluating existing and proposed land uses, and highways within the community and existing traffic volumes.
Exhibit F shows the trip distribution for the proposed project.
4.3 Project Traffic Volumes
The assignment of traffic from the project site to the adjoining roadway system has been based upon the project's trip generation, trip distribution, and proposed arterial highway and local street systems that this traffic study assumes would be in place by the time of initial occupancy of the site.
Exhibit G shows the project traffic volumes.
4.4 Background Traffic
Project opening year (2027) background traffic volumes are derived by applying an annual growth rate of one (1) percent per year to the existing (2025) traffic volumes previously shown in Exhibit E.
695
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
4.4.1 Approved & Pending Projects Traffic
Information on approved and pending projects in the vicinity of the study area has been provided by City of Placentia staff for inclusion in this analysis. Based on information provided by the City, there are no significant future developments in the area that would affect the traffic volumes within the project study area and intersection of Industrial Way / West Crowther Avenue.
4.5 Existing Plus Project Conditions Traffic Volumes
Existing Plus Project Conditions traffic volumes consist of the summation of the Existing (202 5) traffic volumes shown in Exhibit E and the project traffic volumes shown in Exhibit G.
Existing Plus Project Conditions traffic volumes are shown in Exhibit H.
4.6 Opening Year Without Project Conditions Traffic Volumes Opening Year Without Project Conditions traffic volumes consists of Existing (2025) traffic volume shown in Exhibit E after application of an annual growth rate of one (1) percent per year over a two-year period.
Opening Year Without Project Conditions traffic volumes are shown in Exhibit I.
4.7 Opening Year With Project Conditions Traffic Volumes Opening Year With Project Conditions traffic volumes are derived by adding the project- generated trips shown in Exhibit G to the Opening Year Without Project Conditions traffic volumes shown in Exhibit I.
Opening Year With Project Conditions traffic volumes are shown in Exhibit J. 696
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
5.0 STUDY INTERSECTION LEVEL OF SERVICE ANALYSIS
This section provides a discussion on the study intersection peak hour level of service analysis and findings based on the City of Placentia performance criteria and thresholds for requiring level of service improvements.
Table 4 shows a summary of the Level of Service (LOS) calculations for the study intersection.
Table 4
Industrial Way / West Crowther Avenue
Study Intersection Peak Hour LOS Analysis Summary
Analysis Scenario
Traffic
Control
Type Analysis Methodology LOS
Standard
Without Project Conditions With Project Conditions
Requires
Improvement
by Project?
AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
AM PM
Delay LOS Delay LOS Delay LOS Delay LOS
Existing Conditions CSS HCM D or better 9.7 A 11.1 B 10.0 B 11.8 B No No Opening Year Conditions CSS HCM D or better 9.9 A 11.4 B 10.1 B 12.0 B No No Notes:
Intersection Methodology: Highway Capacity Manal (HCM) methodology utilizing Synchro 11 analysis software. Delay is shown in seconds.
CSS = Cross Street Stop
As shown in Table 4, based on the City of Placentia performance criteria and HCM analysis methodology, the study area intersection currently operates at an acceptable level of service (LOS D or better) and is forecast to continue to operate at an acceptable level of service (LOS D or better) during the peak hours for all of the evaluated analysis scenarios.
Hence, based on the City of Placentia thresholds, no additional improvements are required by the proposed project at the study intersection.
Detailed HCM LOS analysis sheets are contained in Appendix C. 697
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
6.0 INDUSTRIAL WAY VEHICLE MANEUVERS
As previously noted, the proposed project also includes converting Industrial Way from a cul-de- sac to a dead-end street.
As requested by the City, an evaluation has been prepared to ensure this geometric configuration will accommodate turning of vehicles. For the purpose of this analysis, a trash truck has been assumed as the vehicle for evaluation.
Exhibit K shows the results of the turning maneuver evaluation for a trash turning around within the proposed dead end terminus of Industrial Way.
As shown in Exhibit K, a trash truck can tightly perform a three-point turn within the proposed dead-end area.
This maneuver is potentially not even required for the trash trucks as the truck can enter the project site (and also the site across the street from the project), pick up the trash and turn around within the site and enter the street again, instead of having to do a complete turn at the end of the street. Republic Trash Services, that serves the area, is currently reviewing the design at the time of preparation of this study.
The Fire Department has reviewed the design and has found it acceptable. If the design can serve the needs of the Fire Department, it is most likely adequate for the trash services.
698
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
7.0 PROJECT PARKING VARIANCE EVALUATION
Parking for the proposed project is planned to be provided via a total of 82 on-site parking spaces that will all be accessed by valet operations (no self-parking will be permitted). Valet staff will take in guests vehicles and luggage and park the vehicles in the proposed on-site surface parking area and subterranean parking structure for the project. The use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
The following is the City of Placentia requirements for onsite parking for hotel uses per the City of Placentia Municipal Code Section 23.78.030:
• Hotel: One (1) space per sleeping room, plus one (1) space per each three seats in places of assembly.
Table 5 shows the project required onsite parking per the City of Placentia Municipal Code.
Table 5
Project Required Parking Per the City of Placentia Municipal Code Land Use Unit Count Parking Requirement Standard Parking Required (Spaces) Hotel 86 Rooms
One (1) space per sleeping room, plus one
(1) space per each three seats in places of
assembly
86 Parking Spaces Provided 82
Onsite Parking Deficiency/Surplus - 4
As shown in Table 5, based on the City of Placentia Municipal Code, the project is required to provide a total of 86 onsite parking spaces. As also shown in Table 5, since the project is planned to have a total of 82 onsite parking spaces, it is deficient by four (4) parking spaces based on the City’s Code. As previously noted, the use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
699
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
Based on study of other hotel uses, the parking requirement of 1.0 spaces per room might not be required. New travel and parking patterns such as use of ride share services has modified traffic and parking demand patterns. Additionally, hotel uses are not usually 100 percent operational as some of the rooms are not usable at any time due to various reasons such as maintenance.
To provide an additional source of information and analysis, MAT Engineering, Inc. has conducted an evaluation of the required number of onsite parking spaces for the proposed project based on other published sources such as the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Parking Generation Manual which has just recently been published in October 2023. The source is widely utilized by transportation professionals, engineers and planners and includes the following:
• Data from over 10,000 peak-period parking demand counts • Coverage of 100+ land uses, including mixed-use development contexts • Parking demand estimates provided for weekday and weekend peaks • Data stratified by location type, setting, and development characteristics • Summary statistics and graphical plots for each land use code The manual empowers professionals to make more informed decisions about parking requirements, supply, and utilization.
Table 6 shows the project required onsite parking per the ITE Parking Generation Manual.
Table 6
Project Required Parking Per ITE Parking Generation Manual Land Use Unit Count Average Parking Rate Parking Required (Spaces) Hotel 86 Rooms
Weekday Conditions: 0.64 Spaces per Room
Saturday Conditions: 0.65 Spaces per Room
Weekday Conditions: 56 Spaces
Weekday Conditions: 56 Spaces
Parking Spaces Provided 82
Onsite Parking Deficiency/Surplus + 26
Source: Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Parking Generation Manual, 6th edition, October 2023. 700
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
As shown in Table 6, based on the ITE Parking Generation Manual, the project is recommended to provide a total of 56 onsite parking spaces. As also shown in Table 6, since the project is planned to have a total of 82 onsite parking spaces, it provides adequate number of onsite parking spaces (26 surplus spaces) to accommodate the proposed 86-room hotel. As previously noted, the use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
701
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
8.0 OFFSITE PARKING
As in the case of any project, the proposed project should not rely on or utilize on-street or off- site parking spaces to accommodate the proposed hotel users, including guests, visitors, and staff. On-street parking does not necessarily need to be prohibited. However, the project should not rely on on-street parking for serving the hotel.
Avoiding off-site parking typically means ensuring that all required vehicle demand is accommodated within a project site so residents, employees, or visitors don’t spill over into surrounding neighborhoods.
As previously shown in Section 7.0 of this report, based on recent sources of parking data published by the Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE), the project is planned to provide adequate number of onsite parking spaces to accommodate the proposed 86-room hotel.
The following is a list of some common measures that can be used and implemented to minimize or prevent off-site parking:
A. Adequate On-Site Parking Supply
i. Provide adequate parking per zoning ordinance, or other reliable source of data.
ii. Consider shared parking between uses with different peak periods (e.g., office by day, residential by night).
iii. Use parking management plans to anticipate actual demand and ensure supply matches it.
B. Design & Circulation
i. Provide efficient layout by minimizing angled or compact spaces, or tandem arrangements.
ii. Provide wayfinding and signage to guide users to on-site facilities. iii. Implement access control (gates, permits, attendants) to ensure on-site spaces are reserved for intended users.
702
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
C. Demand Management
i. Encourage use of public transit, shuttles, biking, and walking to reduce total vehicle trips.
ii. Provide secure bike parking, lockers, and showers (for employees or residents).
iii. Implement Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategies such as carpool incentives, subsidized transit passes, or flexible work schedules.
D. Operational Measures
i. Provide parking enforcement within the site to prevent improper use of stalls.
ii. Implement parking pricing or validation systems (e.g., free for hotel guests and paid for others).
iii. Implement time restrictions for visitor spaces to prevent long-term storage.
E. Technology & Monitoring
i. Use real-time parking availability systems (digital signs or apps) to reduce circling.
ii. Implement permit systems or license plate recognition to control access. iii. Conduct regular monitoring and adjustments to make sure supply and policies meet actual demand.
703
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
9.0 VALET OPERATIONS
Parking for the proposed project is planned to be provided via a total of 82 on-site parking spaces that will all be accessed by valet operations (no self-parking will be permitted). Valet staff will take in guests’ vehicles and luggage and park the vehicles in the proposed on-site surface parking area and subterranean parking structure for the project.
The project does not have a valet plan developed for the project at this time of this analysis.
The following recommendations are made to ensure optimal operations:
Provide a dedicated area for valet intake and make sure it is visible with signage and a valet stand. Guests should easily locate the valet stand with visible “Valet Parking” signs.
The valet intake area should be located onsite at a location where incoming and outgoing vehicles and valet operations do not encroach onto the public streets and right of way.
Provide enough valet staff to avoid vehicles backing up onto the public roadways and right of way. Additional valet staff might be needed to accommodate rush times.
Implement a system where guests can have their vehicles ready by calling from their room so their vehicle is ready when they arrive downstairs to leave. This might require setting an area aside onsite to store these vehicles until the guests are ready to leave as some guests might not arrive to get their vehicle in a timely fashion.
Consider providing complimentary valet at no cost to hotel users to discourage guests from parking offsite.
A valet parking plan can be prepared for the project that shows the preliminary layout of the valet location and operations. The document can be prepared through consultation with an existing valet company and be reviewed by the Fire Department for compliance with the Fire Department requirements.
Here are some additional valet recommendations to be considered:
A. Ticketing system: Provide a secure claim ticket (paper or digital) to ensure accurate vehicle return.
B. Fast retrieval: Aim for a retrieval time of under 10 minutes during peak hours. 704
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
C. Designated drop-off zone: Ensure enough curb space for multiple vehicles without blocking through traffic.
D. Stacking space: Provide adequate queue space so cars do not spill into public streets.
As a starting recommendation. The valet reception should be a marked area with enough room for approximately two to three vehicles to queue without blocking street traffic. In many cases, for hotels, the valet stand and reception is located at the hotel entrance. The following are some general recommendations for placement of valet station and reception to utilize as a starting point and can be further adjusted by the valet operator as needed.
• At the main hotel entrance / porte-cochere (covered driveway): This is the most common and practical location. Guests can pull up, unload luggage, and hand off keys immediately. The area should be sheltered (under a canopy) for weather protection.
• Near the front door but separate from pedestrian flow: The valet desk or podium should be visible but out of the way, so it doesn’t block guests entering or exiting.
Often located to one side of the entry or near the bell desk / doorman area. • Close proximity to vehicle staging and parking routes: There should be a clear path for valets to move vehicles quickly to the parking area. Avoid tight turns, blind spots, or shared pedestrian zones.
E. Speed control: Enforce a strict low-speed limit within hotel grounds and parking areas.
F. Pedestrian safety: Mark crosswalks, provide adequate lighting, and keep pathways clear.
G. Staging area: Have a holding zone near the entrance for short-term parking during busy check-ins. The valet holding area is meant to minimize guest wait times and traffic congestion at the front drive and acts as a “buffer zone” or a place to hold cars briefly before or after parking, without blocking arrivals or departures.
The valet holding area for the project is best determined by the valet operator.
Here are some general recommendations for placement of the valet holding area:
Adjacent to the Porte-Cohere (Front Drive): This option is generally best for high-end hotels or those with constant arrival/departure flow and can be placed just beyond the drop-off area, along the drive loop or beside the main entrance. 705
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
The purpose of the holding area is for short-term holding (approximately two to four vehicles) before attendants take them to the main parking area.
Near the Valet Office or Podium, away from the main drive aisle: This option is generally best for mid-size hotels in urban environments. The holding area can be placed on a side driveway, rear lot, or adjacent alley that connects easily to the front entrance and can be utilized for short-term staging for vehicles waiting to be parked or retrieved.
Integrated with the parking garage or lot entrance: This option is generally best for hotels with limited curb space or underground parking. The holding area can be placed just inside the garage or lot, near the valet dispatch station and acts as the main “transfer zone” for vehicles being moved in and out.
H. Technology use: Digital valet software can track vehicles, provide SMS updates to guests, and reduce errors.
I. Staff coordination: Use radios or apps for quick communication between front-of-house and parking attendants.
J. Peak hour planning: Adjust staffing levels during check-in/check-out peaks, events, and weekends.
K. Driver training: Train valets on safe driving of different vehicle types (manual, electric, luxury, oversized).
L. Insurance coverage: Maintain adequate liability insurance for guest vehicles.
M. Key control: Secure key boxes or electronic lockers to prevent loss or theft.
N. Incident protocols: Have a clear process for documenting and resolving damage claims.
O. Digital payment: Offer contactless or app-based payments/tips.
P. Luggage assistance: Coordinate with bell staff to help with bags immediately upon arrival.
Q. Accessibility: Ensure ADA-compliant access at valet stand and consider priority service for disabled guests.
R. Eco-friendly options: Provide EV charging or bicycle valet where possible. 706
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
S. Noise & congestion control: Minimize idling vehicles to reduce neighborhood impact.
T. Emergency access: Ensure fire lanes and emergency exits remain unobstructed.
707
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
10.0 FINDINGS & CONCLUSIONS
10.1 Project Trip Generation Summary
Based on ITE trip generation rates, the proposed project is forecast to generate approximately 687 daily trips which include approximately 40 AM peak hour trips and approximately 51 PM peak hour trips.
10.2 LOS Analysis Summary
Based on the City of Placentia performance criteria and HCM analysis methodology, the study area intersection currently operates at an acceptable level of service (LOS D or better) and is forecast to continue to operate at an acceptable level of service (LOS D or better) during the peak hours for all of the evaluated analysis scenarios.
Hence, based on the City of Placentia thresholds, no additional improvements are required by the proposed project at the study intersection.
10.3 Industrial Way Vehicle Maneuvers Summary
As requested by the City, an evaluation has been prepared to ensure this geometric configuration will accommodate turning of vehicles. For the purpose of this analysis, a trash truck has been assumed as the vehicle for evaluation.
Exhibit K shows the results of the turning maneuver evaluation for a trash turning around within the proposed dead end terminus of Industrial Way.
As shown in Exhibit K, a trash truck can tightly perform a three-point turn within the proposed dead-end area.
This maneuver is potentially not even required for the trash trucks as the truck can enter the project site (and also the site across the street from the project), pick up the trash and turn around within the site and enter the street again, instead of having to do a complete turn at the end of the street. Republic Trash Services, that serves the area, is currently reviewing the design at the time of preparation of this study.
The Fire Department has reviewed the design and has found it acceptable. If the design can serve the needs of the Fire Department, it is most likely adequate for the trash services. 708
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
10.4 Project Parking Variance Evaluation
Parking for the proposed project is planned to be provided via a total of 82 on-site parking spaces that will all be accessed by valet operations (no self-parking will be permitted). Valet staff will take in guests vehicles and luggage and park the vehicles in the proposed on-site surface parking area and subterranean parking structure for the project. The use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
Based on the City of Placentia Municipal Code, the project is required to provide a total of 86 onsite parking spaces. Since the project is planned to have a total of 82 onsite parking spaces, it is deficient by four (4) parking spaces based on the City’s Code. As previously noted, t he use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
Based on study of other hotel uses, the parking requirement of 1.0 spaces per room might not be required. New travel and parking patterns such as use of ride share services has modified traffic and parking demand patterns. Additionally, hotel uses are not usually 100 percent operational as some of the rooms are not usable at any time due to various reasons such as maintenance.
To provide an additional source of information and analysis, MAT Engineering, Inc. has conducted an evaluation of the required number of onsite parking spaces for the proposed project based on other published sources such as the Institute of Transportation Engineers (ITE) Parking Generation Manual which has just recently been published in October 2023. The source is widely utilized by transportation professionals, engineers and planners and includes the following:
• Data from over 10,000 peak-period parking demand counts • Coverage of 100+ land uses, including mixed-use development contexts • Parking demand estimates provided for weekday and weekend peaks • Data stratified by location type, setting, and development characteristics • Summary statistics and graphical plots for each land use code 709
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
Based on the ITE Parking Generation Manual, the project is recommended to provide a total of 56 onsite parking spaces. Since the project is planned to have a total of 82 onsite parking spaces, it provides adequate number of onsite parking spaces (26 surplus spaces) to accommodate the proposed 86-room hotel. As previously noted, the use of valet services might allow for more than 82 vehicles to be parked onsite. However, the valet operations plan would need to satisfy the requirements of the Fire Department for drive aisle widths, etc.
10.5 Offsite Parking
As in the case of any project, the proposed project should not rely on or utilize on-street or off- site parking spaces to accommodate the proposed hotel users, including guests, visitors, and staff. On-street parking does not necessarily need to be prohibited. However, the project should not rely on on-street parking for serving the hotel.
Avoiding off-site parking typically means ensuring that all required vehicle demand is accommodated within a project site so residents, employees, or visitors don’t spill over into surrounding neighborhoods.
As previously shown in Section 7.0 of this report, based on recent sources of parking data published by the Institute of Traffic Engineers (ITE), the project is planned to provide adequate number of onsite parking spaces to accommodate the proposed 86-room hotel.
The following is a list of some common measures that can be used and implemented to minimize or prevent off-site parking:
A. Adequate On-Site Parking Supply
i. Provide adequate parking per zoning ordinance, or other reliable source of data.
ii. Consider shared parking between uses with different peak periods (e.g., office by day, residential by night).
iii. Use parking management plans to anticipate actual demand and ensure supply matches it.
B. Design & Circulation
i. Provide efficient layout by minimizing angled or compact spaces, or tandem arrangements.
710
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
ii. Provide wayfinding and signage to guide users to on-site facilities. iii. Implement access control (gates, permits, attendants) to ensure on-site spaces are reserved for intended users.
C. Demand Management
i. Encourage use of public transit, shuttles, biking, and walking to reduce total vehicle trips.
ii. Provide secure bike parking, lockers, and showers (for employees or residents).
iii. Implement Transportation Demand Management (TDM) strategies such as carpool incentives, subsidized transit passes, or flexible work schedules.
D. Operational Measures
i. Provide parking enforcement within the site to prevent improper use of stalls.
ii. Implement parking pricing or validation systems (e.g., free for hotel guests and paid for others).
iii. Implement time restrictions for visitor spaces to prevent long-term storage.
E. Technology & Monitoring
i. Use real-time parking availability systems (digital signs or apps) to reduce circling.
ii. Implement permit systems or license plate recognition to control access. iii. Conduct regular monitoring and adjustments to make sure supply and policies meet actual demand.
711
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
10.6 Valet Operations
Parking for the proposed project is planned to be provided via a total of 82 on-site parking spaces that will all be accessed by valet operations (no self-parking will be permitted). Valet staff will take in guests’ vehicles and luggage and park the vehicles in the proposed on-site surface parking area and subterranean parking structure for the project.
The project does not have a valet plan developed for the project at this time of this analysis.
The following recommendations are made to ensure optimal operations:
Provide a dedicated area for valet intake and make sure it is visible with signage and a valet stand. Guests should easily locate the valet stand with visible “Valet Parking” signs.
The valet intake area should be located onsite at a location where incoming and outgoing vehicles and valet operations do not encroach onto the public streets and right of way.
Provide enough valet staff to avoid vehicles backing up onto the public roadways and right of way. Additional valet staff might be needed to accommodate rush times.
Implement a system where guests can have their vehicles ready by calling from their room so their vehicle is ready when they arrive downstairs to leave. This might require setting an area aside onsite to store these vehicles until the guests are ready to leave as some guests might not arrive to get their vehicle in a timely fashion.
Consider providing complimentary valet at no cost to hotel users to discourage guests from parking offsite.
A valet parking plan can be prepared for the project that shows the preliminary layout of the valet location and operations. The document can be prepared through consultation with an existing valet company and be reviewed by the Fire Department for compliance with the Fire Department requirements.
Here are some additional valet recommendations to be considered:
A. Ticketing system: Provide a secure claim ticket (paper or digital) to ensure accurate vehicle return.
B. Fast retrieval: Aim for a retrieval time of under 10 minutes during peak hours.
C. Designated drop-off zone: Ensure enough curb space for multiple vehicles without blocking through traffic.
712
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
D. Stacking space: Provide adequate queue space so cars do not spill into public streets.
As a starting recommendation. The valet reception should be a marked area with enough room for approximately two to three vehicles to queue without blocking street traffic. In many cases, for hotels, the valet stand and reception is located at the hotel entrance. The following are some general recommendations for placement of valet station and reception to utilize as a starting point and can be further adjusted by the valet operator as needed.
• At the main hotel entrance / porte-cochere (covered driveway): This is the most common and practical location. Guests can pull up, unload luggage, and hand off keys immediately. The area should be sheltered (under a canopy) for weather protection.
• Near the front door but separate from pedestrian flow: The valet desk or podium should be visible but out of the way, so it doesn’t block guests entering or exiting.
Often located to one side of the entry or near the bell desk / doorman area. • Close proximity to vehicle staging and parking routes: There should be a clear path for valets to move vehicles quickly to the parking area. Avoid tight turns, blind spots, or shared pedestrian zones.
E. Speed control: Enforce a strict low-speed limit within hotel grounds and parking areas.
F. Pedestrian safety: Mark crosswalks, provide adequate lighting, and keep pathways clear.
G. Staging area: Have a holding zone near the entrance for short-term parking during busy check-ins. The valet holding area is meant to minimize guest wait times and traffic congestion at the front drive and acts as a “buffer zone” or a place to hold cars briefly before or after parking, without blocking arrivals or departures.
The valet holding area for the project is best determined by the valet operator.
Here are some general recommendations for placement of the valet holding area:
Adjacent to the Porte-Cohere (Front Drive): This option is generally best for high-end hotels or those with constant arrival/departure flow and can be placed just beyond the drop-off area, along the drive loop or beside the main entrance.
The purpose of the holding area is for short-term holding (approximately two to four vehicles) before attendants take them to the main parking area. 713
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
Near the Valet Office or Podium, away from the main drive aisle: This option is generally best for mid-size hotels in urban environments. The holding area can be placed on a side driveway, rear lot, or adjacent alley that connects easily to the front entrance and can be utilized for short-term staging for vehicles waiting to be parked or retrieved.
Integrated with the parking garage or lot entrance: This option is generally best for hotels with limited curb space or underground parking. The holding area can be placed just inside the garage or lot, near the valet dispatch station and acts as the main “transfer zone” for vehicles being moved in and out.
H. Technology use: Digital valet software can track vehicles, provide SMS updates to guests, and reduce errors.
I. Staff coordination: Use radios or apps for quick communication between front-of-house and parking attendants.
J. Peak hour planning: Adjust staffing levels during check-in/check-out peaks, events, and weekends.
K. Driver training: Train valets on safe driving of different vehicle types (manual, electric, luxury, oversized).
L. Insurance coverage: Maintain adequate liability insurance for guest vehicles.
M. Key control: Secure key boxes or electronic lockers to prevent loss or theft.
N. Incident protocols: Have a clear process for documenting and resolving damage claims.
O. Digital payment: Offer contactless or app-based payments/tips.
P. Luggage assistance: Coordinate with bell staff to help with bags immediately upon arrival.
Q. Accessibility: Ensure ADA-compliant access at valet stand and consider priority service for disabled guests.
R. Eco-friendly options: Provide EV charging or bicycle valet where possible.
S. Noise & congestion control: Minimize idling vehicles to reduce neighborhood impact. 714
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com
T. Emergency access: Ensure fire lanes and emergency exits remain unobstructed.
715
EXHIBITS
716
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57Exhibit AProject LocationSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:717
Exhibit BSite PlanNot to ScaleSEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01718
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE571Exhibit CStudy IntersectionsXXStudy IntersectionSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:719
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAYW. CROWTHER AVESTOPSTOPEXISTING GEOMETRYExhibit DExisting Study Intersection GeometryLegend:STOPSTOPTravel Lane Stop-Controlled ApproachUnsignalized (Stop-Controlled) IntersectionSite LocationSite Boundary1XXStudy Intersection720
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAY W. CROWTHER AVE1/4269/4161/43/9 5/3227/299Exhibit EExisting Traffic VolumesSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:XX/XXAM/PM Peak Hour Intersection Volume1XXStudy Intersection721
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57Percent Trip DistributionXX%XX%70%30%100%Site LocationSite BoundaryLegend:Exhibit FProject Forecast Percent Trip DistributionXXStudy Intersection722
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAY W. CROWTHER AVE7/80/05/813/18 15/180/0Exhibit GProject Traffic VolumesSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:XX/XXAM/PM Peak Hour Intersection Volume1XXStudy Intersection723
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAY W. CROWTHER AVE8/12269/4166/1216/27 20/21227/299Exhibit HExisting Plus Project Conditions Traffic VolumesSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:XX/XXAM/PM Peak Hour Intersection Volume1XXStudy Intersection724
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAY W. CROWTHER AVE2/5275/4252/54/10 6/4232/306Exhibit IOpening Year Without Project Conditions Traffic VolumesSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:XX/XXAM/PM Peak Hour Intersection Volume1XXStudy Intersection725
SEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01W. CROWTHER AVEINDUSTR I
A
L
W
A
Y
S PLACENTIA AVE57INDUSTRIAL WAY W. CROWTHER AVE7/1317/28 21/22232/306Exhibit JOpening Year With Project Conditions Traffic VolumesSite LocationSite BoundaryLegend:XX/XXAM/PM Peak Hour Intersection Volume1XXStudy Intersection9/13275/425726
Exhibit KIndustrial Way Vehicle Maneuver EvaluationNot to ScaleSEP/2025450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project, City of Placentia, California / 0065-2025-01727
APPENDIX A:
Approved Scope of Work
728
MAT Engineering, Inc.
www.matengineering.com
17192 Murphy Avenue #14902
Irvine, CA 92623
Ph: 949.344.1828
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com Transportation Planning ￭ Traffic & VMT Studies ￭ Parking Studies ￭ Traffic Engineering ￭Traffic Signal Design/Modification ￭ Signing & Striping Plans ￭ Traffic Control Plans Noise, Air Quality & Greenhouse Gas Studies
August 12, 2025
Mr. Andrew Gonzales
CITY OF PLACENTIA
Subject: 450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California
Dear Andrew,
MAT Engineering, Inc. is pleased to submit this proposed scope for preparation of a focused traffic study for the proposed Hilton Tru Project in the City of Placentia, California.
The currently vacant project site is located at 450 South Placentia Avenue in the City of Placentia. The proposed project consists of construction and operation of a hotel with 86 total room count.
The City has conducted a preliminary review and provided the following comments on the project:
• A focused traffic study, prepared by a registered Traffic Engineer in the State of California, should be conducted. This study should address, at a minimum, the following potential concerns:
A. Analysis of requested variance on minimum parking requirements.
B. Traffic impacts of project at the intersection of Industrial Way and Crowther Ave.
C. Circulation issues created by converting Industrial Way from a cul-de-sac to a dead- end street (i.e. the ability for vehicles, including delivery trucks, to turn around within the street’s boundaries).
D. Recommendations for any off-site parking restrictions.
E. Clarity on hotel’s handling of check-in parking and queueing.
The project is planned to open in 2027. Access for the project is planned via one unsignalized driveway on Industrial Way.
Exhibit A shows the project location. Exhibit B shows the proposed site plan.. 729
450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California 0065-2025-01 / August 12, 2025
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com This scope has been prepared based on review of preliminary comments received from the City staff Project Trip Generation & Distribution
Table 1 shows the trip ITE trip generation rates for the proposed use.
Table 1
ITE Trip Generation Rates
Land Use ITE
Code Units
Peak Hour
Daily AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
In Out Total In Out Total
Hotel 310 Rooms 0.26 0.20 0.46 0.30 0.29 0.59 7.99
Notes:
Source: 2021 ITE 11th Edition Trip Generation Manual;
Utilizing the ITE trip generation rates from Table 1, Table 2 shows a summary of the trip generation for the proposed project utilizing the ITE trips rates.
Table 2
Project Trip Generation Summary
Land Use ITE Code Units Quantity
Peak Hour
Daily AM Peak Hour PM Peak Hour
In Out Total In Out Total
Hotel 310 Rooms 86 22 18 40 26 25 51 687
Notes:
Source: 2021 ITE 11th Edition Trip Generation Manual;
As shown in Table 2, utilizing the ITE trips rates, the proposed project is forecast to generate approximately 687 daily trips which include approximately 40 AM peak hour trips and approximately 51 PM peak hour trips.
730
450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California 0065-2025-01 / August 12, 2025
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com A. Proposed Scope of Parking Variance Analysis
Based on information provided by the project architect, the City Code requires a parking rate of one (1) space per room. Based on this requirement, the project would require a total of 86 parking spaces.
However, the project is providing a total of 82 parking spaces. MAT Engineering, Inc. will attempt to justify the 86 parking spaces using other published parking rate sources such as the Institute of Transportation Engineers Parking Generation Manual and other sources.
This scope does not assume collection of any sample parking counts at similar sites.
The results will be summarized in the focused traffic and parking study.
B. Proposed Scope of Local Transportation / Traffic Operations Analysis B.1 Study Area:
The City has requested for level of service analysis of the following intersection:
• Industrial Way / Crowther Avenue
Hence, MAT Engineering, Inc. will prepare a peak hour level of service (LOS) analysis at the above listed study intersection.
Exhibit C shows the study intersection location.
B.2 Study Scenarios:
The level of service and peak hour vehicular queue analysis will evaluate the following scenarios for weekday peak hour (7:00 AM to 9:00 AM and 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM) conditions:
• Existing Conditions;
• Forecast Existing Plus Project Conditions;
• Forecast Opening Year (2027) Without Project Conditions; and • Forecast Opening Year (2027) With Project Conditions. 731
450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California 0065-2025-01 / August 12, 2025
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com The traffic analysis will account for cumulative projects to be provided by the City.
B.3 Level of Service Analysis Parameters:
The analysis will utilize the following parameters:
• Intersection Level of Service:
o Analysis Software: Synchro
o Methodology: Highway Capacity Manual (HCM) 6th Edition B.4 Traffic Volumes:
Existing Conditions traffic volumes: The existing conditions traffic volumes will be based on existing traffic volumes to be collected at the study intersection on one typical weekday during the AM peak period from 7:00 AM to 9:00 AM and the PM peak period from 4:00 PM to 6:00 PM.
This scope assumes the traffic counts do not need to be collected by vehicle classification.
Ambient Growth: the analysis will utilize apply and ambient growth rate of 1.0 percent per year to derive background traffic volumes for future scenarios.
Opening Year Without Project Conditions traffic volumes: Opening Year traffic volumes will be derived by applying the ambient growth to existing traffic volumes plus traffic added from other cumulative/approved projects in the area provided by the City as appropriate for each analysis scenario.
“With Project” Conditions traffic volumes: “With Project” Conditions traffic volumes will be derived by adding the project-generated trips from Table 2 to the “Without Project” Conditions traffic volumes.
B.5 Project Trip Distribution:
Exhibit D shows the forecast trip distribution for the project trips.
732
450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California 0065-2025-01 / August 12, 2025
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com B.6 Performance Criteria:
City of Placentia LOS Performance Criteria & Thresholds:
The acceptable LOS for the City of Placentia is LOS D or better. If the project causes the peak hour level of service operation of a study intersection to deteriorate to LOS E or F, improvements will be identified to achieve acceptable LOS (LOS D or better).
C. Proposed Scope of Industrial Way Cul de Sac Circulation Evaluation The project is planned to replace the existing Cul de sac at the terminus of Industrial Way with a dead- end.
The City has requested analysis to ensure this geometric configuration will accommodate turning of vehicles.
To evaluate this, MAT Engineering, Inc. will evaluate the turning of vehicles with the new design utilizing AutoTurn software.
This scope assumes the following:
• The applicant team or City will identify the one type of vehicle to be evaluated (trucks, passenger car, etc.).
• The applicant team will provide AutoCAD files of the site plan including the roadway improvements and new street design.
The results will be provided in the report as an exhibit showing the movement of the vehicle.
D. Proposed Scope for Off-Site Parking Restriction Evaluation MAT Engineering, Inc. will provide a qualitative discussion and recommendations regarding the off-site parking restrictions for the project.
E. Proposed Scope of Hotel Valet Check-In Parking Evaluation MAT Engineering, Inc. will provide a qualitative discussion and recommendations regarding the valet operations and measures to minimize valet back up. The report will include information on the valet reception area and process based on information provided by the client.
733
450 South Placentia Avenue (Hilton Tru Hotel) Project Focused Traffic & Parking Study Scope, City of Placentia, California 0065-2025-01 / August 12, 2025
MAT Engineering, Inc. ￭17192 Murphy Avenue #14902, Irvine, CA 92623 ￭ 949.344.1828 ￭ www.matengineeing.com MAT Engineering Inc., appreciates the opportunity to provide this scope of work for review. If you have any questions, concerns, or comments, please contact us at 949-344-1828 or [email protected].
Respectfully submitted,
MAT ENGINEERING, INC. Approved by:
______________________________
______________________________
Date
Alex Tabrizi, PE, TE
President
734
APPENDIX B:
Existing Traffic Count Data
735
File Name : PLA_Ind_Cro AM
Site Code : 23825801
Start Date : 8/20/2025
Page No : 1
City of Placentia
N/S: Industrial Way
E/W: Crowther Avenue
Weather: Clear
Groups Printed- Total Volume
Industrial Way
Southbound
Crowther Avenue
Westbound
Crowther Avenue
Eastbound
Start Time Left Right App. Total Thru Right App. Total Left Thru App. Total Int. Total 07:00 AM 1 1 2 47 3 50 10 25 35 87
07:15 AM 0 1 1 42 2 44 0 35 35 80
07:30 AM 0 0 0 53 0 53 4 53 57 110
07:45 AM 0 2 2 78 1 79 1 51 52 133
Total 1 4 5 220 6 226 15 164 179 410
08:00 AM 0 0 0 68 0 68 1 64 65 133
08:15 AM 1 0 1 60 0 60 1 60 61 122
08:30 AM 0 1 1 63 0 63 2 52 54 118
08:45 AM 1 1 2 53 1 54 5 26 31 87
Total 2 2 4 244 1 245 9 202 211 460
Grand Total 3 6 9 464 7 471 24 366 390 870
Apprch %33.3 66.7 98.5 1.5 6.2 93.8
Total %0.3 0.7 1 53.3 0.8 54.1 2.8 42.1 44.8
Industrial Way
Southbound
Crowther Avenue
Westbound
Crowther Avenue
Eastbound
Start Time Left Right App. Total Thru Right App. Total Left Thru App. Total Int. Total Peak Hour Analysis From 07:00 AM to 08:45 AM - Peak 1 of 1 Peak Hour for Entire Intersection Begins at 07:45 AM
07:45 AM 0 2 2 78 1 79 1 51 52 133
08:00 AM 0 0 0 68 0 68 1 64 65 133
08:15 AM 1 0 1 60 0 60 1 60 61 122
08:30 AM 0 1 1 63 0 63 2 52 54 118
Total Volume 1 3 4 269 1 270 5 227 232 506
% App. Total 25 75 99.6 0.4 2.2 97.8
PHF .250 .375 .500 .862 .250 .854 .625 .887 .892 .951
Counts Unlimited, Inc.
PO Box 1178
Corona, CA 92878
(951) 268-6268
736
File Name : PLA_Ind_Cro AM
Site Code : 23825801
Start Date : 8/20/2025
Page No : 2
City of Placentia
N/S: Industrial Way
E/W: Crowther Avenue
Weather: Clear
Industrial Way Crowther Avenue Crowther Avenue Right
3 Left
1 InOut Total
6 4 10 Right1 Thru269 OutTotalIn228 270 498 Left5 Thru227 TotalOutIn272 232 504 Peak Hour Begins at 07:45 AM
Total Volume
Peak Hour Data
North
Peak Hour Analysis From 07:00 AM to 08:45 AM - Peak 1 of 1 Peak Hour for Each Approach Begins at:
07:00 AM 07:45 AM 07:30 AM
+0 mins.1 1 2 78 1 79 4 53 57
+15 mins.0 1 1 68 0 68 1 51 52
+30 mins.0 0 0 60 0 60 1 64 65
+45 mins.0 2 2 63 0 63 1 60 61
Total Volume 1 4 5 269 1 270 7 228 235
% App. Total 20 80 99.6 0.4 3 97
PHF .250 .500 .625 .862 .250 .854 .438 .891 .904
Counts Unlimited, Inc.
PO Box 1178
Corona, CA 92878
(951) 268-6268
737
File Name : PLA_Ind_Cro PM
Site Code : 23825801
Start Date : 8/20/2025
Page No : 1
City of Placentia
N/S: Industrial Way
E/W: Crowther Avenue
Weather: Clear
Groups Printed- Total Volume
Industrial Way
Southbound
Crowther Avenue
Westbound
Crowther Avenue
Eastbound
Start Time Left Right App. Total Thru Right App. Total Left Thru App. Total Int. Total 04:00 PM 1 1 2 102 1 103 0 61 61 166
04:15 PM 2 1 3 76 0 76 1 70 71 150
04:30 PM 1 0 1 102 1 103 1 76 77 181
04:45 PM 2 2 4 96 3 99 1 65 66 169
Total 6 4 10 376 5 381 3 272 275 666
05:00 PM 1 5 6 107 0 107 1 92 93 206
05:15 PM 0 2 2 111 0 111 0 66 66 179
05:30 PM 2 0 2 88 1 89 0 74 74 165
05:45 PM 3 0 3 78 2 80 0 63 63 146
Total 6 7 13 384 3 387 1 295 296 696
Grand Total 12 11 23 760 8 768 4 567 571 1362
Apprch %52.2 47.8 99 1 0.7 99.3
Total %0.9 0.8 1.7 55.8 0.6 56.4 0.3 41.6 41.9
Industrial Way
Southbound
Crowther Avenue
Westbound
Crowther Avenue
Eastbound
Start Time Left Right App. Total Thru Right App. Total Left Thru App. Total Int. Total Peak Hour Analysis From 04:00 PM to 05:45 PM - Peak 1 of 1 Peak Hour for Entire Intersection Begins at 04:30 PM
04:30 PM 1 0 1 102 1 103 1 76 77 181
04:45 PM 2 2 4 96 3 99 1 65 66 169
05:00 PM 1 5 6 107 0 107 1 92 93 206
05:15 PM 0 2 2 111 0 111 0 66 66 179
Total Volume 4 9 13 416 4 420 3 299 302 735
% App. Total 30.8 69.2 99 1 1 99
PHF .500 .450 .542 .937 .333 .946 .750 .813 .812 .892
Counts Unlimited, Inc.
PO Box 1178
Corona, CA 92878
(951) 268-6268
738
File Name : PLA_Ind_Cro PM
Site Code : 23825801
Start Date : 8/20/2025
Page No : 2
City of Placentia
N/S: Industrial Way
E/W: Crowther Avenue
Weather: Clear
Industrial Way Crowther Avenue Crowther Avenue Right
9 Left
4 InOut Total
7 13 20 Right4 Thru416 OutTotalIn303 420 723 Left3 Thru299 TotalOutIn425 302 727 Peak Hour Begins at 04:30 PM
Total Volume
Peak Hour Data
North
Peak Hour Analysis From 04:00 PM to 05:45 PM - Peak 1 of 1 Peak Hour for Each Approach Begins at:
04:15 PM 04:30 PM 04:15 PM
+0 mins.2 1 3 102 1 103 1 70 71
+15 mins.1 0 1 96 3 99 1 76 77
+30 mins.2 2 4 107 0 107 1 65 66
+45 mins.1 5 6 111 0 111 1 92 93
Total Volume 6 8 14 416 4 420 4 303 307
% App. Total 42.9 57.1 99 1 1.3 98.7
PHF .750 .400 .583 .937 .333 .946 1.000 .823 .825
Counts Unlimited, Inc.
PO Box 1178
Corona, CA 92878
(951) 268-6268
739
APPENDIX C:
HCM Analysis Sheets
740
Existing Conditions
741
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
EXISTING CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
AM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.2
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 5 227 269 1 1 3
Future Vol, veh/h 5 227 269 1 1 3
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 95 95 95 95 95 95
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 5 239 283 1 1 3
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 284 0 - 0 414 142
Stage 1 - - - - 284 -
Stage 2 - - - - 130 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1275 - - - 566 880
Stage 1 - - - - 739 -
Stage 2 - - - - 882 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1275 - - - 564 880
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 564 -
Stage 1 - - - - 736 -
Stage 2 - - - - 882 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.2 0 9.7
HCM LOS A
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1275 - - - 772
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.004 - - - 0.005
HCM Control Delay (s) 7.8 - - - 9.7
HCM Lane LOS A - - - A
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0 - - - 0
742
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
EXISTING CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
PM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.2
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 3 299 416 4 4 9
Future Vol, veh/h 3 299 416 4 4 9
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 89 89 89 89 89 89
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 3 336 467 4 4 10
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 471 0 - 0 643 236
Stage 1 - - - - 469 -
Stage 2 - - - - 174 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1087 - - - 406 766
Stage 1 - - - - 596 -
Stage 2 - - - - 839 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1087 - - - 405 766
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 405 -
Stage 1 - - - - 594 -
Stage 2 - - - - 839 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.1 0 11.1
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1087 - - - 601
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.003 - - - 0.024
HCM Control Delay (s) 8.3 - - - 11.1
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0 - - - 0.1
743
Existing Plus Project Conditions
744
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
EXISTING PLUS PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
AM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.7
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 20 227 269 8 6 16
Future Vol, veh/h 20 227 269 8 6 16
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 95 95 95 95 95 95
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 21 239 283 8 6 17
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 291 0 - 0 449 146
Stage 1 - - - - 287 -
Stage 2 - - - - 162 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1268 - - - 538 875
Stage 1 - - - - 736 -
Stage 2 - - - - 850 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1268 - - - 529 875
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 529 -
Stage 1 - - - - 723 -
Stage 2 - - - - 850 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.6 0 10
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1268 - - - 743
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.017 - - - 0.031
HCM Control Delay (s) 7.9 - - - 10
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0.1 - - - 0.1
745
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
EXISTING PLUS PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
PM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.8
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 21 299 416 12 12 27
Future Vol, veh/h 21 299 416 12 12 27
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 89 89 89 89 89 89
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 24 336 467 13 13 30
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 480 0 - 0 690 240
Stage 1 - - - - 474 -
Stage 2 - - - - 216 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1079 - - - 379 761
Stage 1 - - - - 592 -
Stage 2 - - - - 799 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1079 - - - 371 761
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 371 -
Stage 1 - - - - 579 -
Stage 2 - - - - 799 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.6 0 11.8
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1079 - - - 575
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.022 - - - 0.076
HCM Control Delay (s) 8.4 - - - 11.8
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0.1 - - - 0.2
746
Opening Year Without Project Conditions
747
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
OPENING YEAR WITHOUT PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
AM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.2
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 6 232 275 2 2 4
Future Vol, veh/h 6 232 275 2 2 4
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 95 95 95 95 95 95
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 6 244 289 2 2 4
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 291 0 - 0 424 146
Stage 1 - - - - 290 -
Stage 2 - - - - 134 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1268 - - - 558 875
Stage 1 - - - - 734 -
Stage 2 - - - - 878 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1268 - - - 555 875
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 555 -
Stage 1 - - - - 730 -
Stage 2 - - - - 878 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.2 0 9.9
HCM LOS A
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1268 - - - 734
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.005 - - - 0.009
HCM Control Delay (s) 7.9 - - - 9.9
HCM Lane LOS A - - - A
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0 - - - 0
748
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
OPENING YEAR WITHOUT PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
PM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.3
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 4 306 425 5 5 10
Future Vol, veh/h 4 306 425 5 5 10
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 89 89 89 89 89 89
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 4 344 478 6 6 11
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 484 0 - 0 661 242
Stage 1 - - - - 481 -
Stage 2 - - - - 180 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1075 - - - 395 759
Stage 1 - - - - 588 -
Stage 2 - - - - 833 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1075 - - - 393 759
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 393 -
Stage 1 - - - - 586 -
Stage 2 - - - - 833 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.1 0 11.4
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1075 - - - 579
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.004 - - - 0.029
HCM Control Delay (s) 8.4 - - - 11.4
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0 - - - 0.1
749
Opening Year With Project Conditions
750
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
OPENING YEAR WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
AM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.7
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 21 232 275 9 7 17
Future Vol, veh/h 21 232 275 9 7 17
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 95 95 95 95 95 95
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 22 244 289 9 7 18
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 298 0 - 0 460 149
Stage 1 - - - - 294 -
Stage 2 - - - - 166 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1260 - - - 530 871
Stage 1 - - - - 730 -
Stage 2 - - - - 846 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1260 - - - 521 871
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 521 -
Stage 1 - - - - 718 -
Stage 2 - - - - 846 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.7 0 10.1
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1260 - - - 728
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.018 - - - 0.035
HCM Control Delay (s) 7.9 - - - 10.1
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0.1 - - - 0.1
751
HCM 6th TWSC 450 SOUTH PLACENTIA AVE HILTON TRU HOTEL PROJECT 1: W CROWTHER AVE & INDUSTRIAL WAY
OPENING YEAR WITH PROJECT CONDITIONS Synchro 11 Report
PM PEAK HOUR
Intersection
Int Delay, s/veh 0.9
Movement EBL EBT WBT WBR SBL SBR
Lane Configurations
Traffic Vol, veh/h 22 306 425 13 13 28
Future Vol, veh/h 22 306 425 13 13 28
Conflicting Peds, #/hr 0 00000
Sign Control Free Free Free Free Stop Stop
RT Channelized - None - None - None
Storage Length 75 - - - 0 -
Veh in Median Storage, # - 0 0 - 0 -
Grade, % - 0 0 - 0 -
Peak Hour Factor 89 89 89 89 89 89
Heavy Vehicles, % 2 22222
Mvmt Flow 25 344 478 15 15 31
Major/Minor Major1 Major2 Minor2
Conflicting Flow All 493 0 - 0 708 247
Stage 1 - - - - 486 -
Stage 2 - - - - 222 -
Critical Hdwy 4.14 - - - 6.84 6.94
Critical Hdwy Stg 1 - - - - 5.84 -
Critical Hdwy Stg 2 - - - - 5.84 -
Follow-up Hdwy 2.22 - - - 3.52 3.32
Pot Cap-1 Maneuver 1067 - - - 369 753
Stage 1 - - - - 584 -
Stage 2 - - - - 794 -
Platoon blocked, % - - -
Mov Cap-1 Maneuver 1067 - - - 361 753
Mov Cap-2 Maneuver - - - - 361 -
Stage 1 - - - - 571 -
Stage 2 - - - - 794 -
Approach EB WB SB
HCM Control Delay, s 0.6 0 12
HCM LOS B
Minor Lane/Major Mvmt EBL EBT WBT WBRSBLn1
Capacity (veh/h) 1067 - - - 560
HCM Lane V/C Ratio 0.023 - - - 0.082
HCM Control Delay (s) 8.5 - - - 12
HCM Lane LOS A - - - B
HCM 95th %tile Q(veh) 0.1 - - - 0.3
752
Placentia Planning Commission AGENDA STAFF REPORT TO: PLANNING COMMISSION FROM: JOSEPH M. LAMBERT, DEVELOPMENT SERVICES DIRECTOR DATE: NOVEMBER 10, 2025 SUBJECT: DEVELOPMENT PLAN REVIEW NO. DPR 2025-01, USE PERMIT NO. UP 2025-02, AND DISPOSITION AND DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT NO. DDA 2025-01 TO DEVELOP AN APPROXIMATELY 42,631 -SQUARE-FOOT, FOUR-STORY, 86-ROOM HOTEL BUILDING AND ASSOCIATED IMPROVEMENTS ON AN APPROXIMATELY 21,553-SQUARE-FOOT UNIMPROVED SITE LOCATED AT 450 S. PLACENTIA AVENUE WITHIN THE C-2(H-65) ZONING DISTRICT (CY HOSPITALITY, LLC, C/O YAGNESH PATEL) RECOMMENDATION It is recommended that the Planning Commission take the following actions: 1) Open Public Hearing, concerning Development Plan Review No. DPR 2025-01, Use Permit No. UP 2025-02, and Disposition and Development Agreement No. DOA 2025-01; and 2) Receive the Staff Report and consider all Public Testimony; and 3) Close the Public Hearing; and 4) Find that the City's disposition of public right-of-way is consistent with the General Plan; and 5) Adopt Resolution No. PC-2025-13, a Resolution of the Planning Commission of the City of Placentia, recommending that the City Council of the City of Placentia, California, adopt a Notice of Exemption by making the findings that the project is categorically exempt pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) set forth in Title 14 CCR § 15332 (Class 32 -Infill Development Projects) and the City of Placentia Environmental Guidelines, and recommending approval of DPR 2025-01, UP 2025-02, and authorizing the execution of a DOA 2025-01 to permit the development of an approximately 42,631-square-foot, four-story, 86-room hotel building with an overall height of approximately 63 feet, including a 24,210-square-foot subterranean and grade level parking garage with 82 spaces, enhanced landscaping and hardscape 753
Planning Commission - C Y Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 2 of 14 improvements; to allow the establishment and operation of a hotel including the onsite sale and consumption of alcoholic beverages exclusively for registered hotel guests,; and to authorize the acquisition of approximately 6,358 square feet of public right-of-way city-owned property and provide relief from certain development standards within the C-2(H-65) Zoning District located at 450 S. Placentia Avenue (APN 339-442-04). STRATEGIC PLAN STATEMENT: This item is consistent with the City Council approved 5-Year Strategic Goal 3 to: Promote community and economic development, Objective Number 3.3. Continue to recruit and attract retail, hotel and other commercial businesses that complement adjacent City assets and attractions (Anaheim Resort District, Cal State Fullerton, OC Vibe and Angel Stadium Projects). REQUEST: The applicant, C Y Hospitality, LLC, requests approval of a Development Plan Review, Use Permit, and Disposition and Development Agreement, along with a General Plan Conformity finding, to allow for the development of an approximately 42,631-square-foot, four-story, 86-room hotel building with an overall height of approximately 63 feet on a 21,553-square-foot (0.49-acre) site located at 450 S. Placentia Avenue. The project includes a 24,210-square-foot subterranean and grade level parking garage providing 82 parking spaces, enhanced landscape and hardscape improvements, and associated hotel guest amenities, including second floor deck and the onsite sale and consumption of alcoholic beverages exclusively for registered hotel guests. The Disposition and Development Agreement (DOA 2025-01) will authorize the acquisition of approximately 6,358 square feet of public right-of-way/city-owned property and provide relief from certain development standards contained within Placentia Municipal Code Chapter 23.78 (Off-Street Parking) and other applicable provisions of the C-2 (Community Commercial) Zoning District with Height Overlay (H-65). PROJECT BACKGROUND The project site is located within a highly urbanized and developed area of the City, surrounded by existing residential, commercial, and industrial land uses. On September 12, 2017, the City of Placentia City Council approved General Plan Amendment No. GPA 2017-03 to change the General Plan Land Use designation from Industrial to Commercial and Zone Change No. ZC 2017-03 from Commercial Manufacturing (C-M) and Manufacturing (M) to Community Commercial (C-2) zoning classification for eight parcels encompassing a total area of approximately 7.3 acres located at the northeast corner of South Placentia Avenue and West Crowther Avenue. Additionally, the City proposed Zoning Code Amendment No. ZCA 2017-04 for the establishment of a Height Overlay for the project site that increased the C-2 height limitation of 35 feet to 65 feet in an effort to 754
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 3 of 14 attract potential hotel operators. Mitigatied Negative Declaration No. MND 2017-03 evaluated potential environmental impacts associated with the aforementioned GPA, ZC, and ZCA. During the construction of the Placentia Avenue Grade Separation Project, which lowered South Placentia Avenue beneath the BNSF railway tracks, a remnant portion of the former Public Right-of-Way (PROW) was created adjacent to the subject property. Although the area visually appears to be part of the project site, it remains a separate City-owned portion of PROW and is not legally joined with the applicant's property. The remnant PROW has no current or foreseeable public use. As such, the City is amenable to conveying this surplus PROW to CY Hospitality, LLC through DOA 2025-01 to facilitate the development of the proposed hotel project and to ensure appropriate site consolidation and functional design. In addition, the disposition of a portion of Industrial Way is proposed to maximize buildable area and support a more economically feasible project, consistent with the City's goals for revitalization and efficient land use along the S. Placentia Avenue corridor. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Existing Condition The project site is an approximately 21,553-square-foot (0.49-acre) in overall land area located at 450 S. Placentia Avenue, situated east of South Placentia Avenue and north of West Crowther Avenue at the terminus of Industrial Way. The site is currently vacant and unimproved, consisting primarily of compacted soil and limited vegetation. The property is bordered by the BNSF Railway corridor to the north, light industrial uses to the south and east, and South Placentia Avenue to the west. The property includes a 20-foot-wide BNSF access easement along its eastern boundary, which connects Industrial Way to the BNSF railway right-of-way to accommodate railway maintenance and operational access. The topography of the site is generally level, with minor grade variations associated with the adjacent South Placentia Avenue undercrossing. Utilities and public improvements are available within the surrounding public right-of-way, though no existing structures, pavement, or permanent infrastructure currently exist on the site. Site Design The proposed four-story, 86-room hotel will be centrally located on the 21,553-square-foot project site, with the primary guest entrance oriented southward toward Industrial Way. Vehicular access will be provided via Industrial Way allowing safe ingress and egress to either the subterranean or grade level parking garage and guest drop-off area. The site has been designed to integrate efficient vehicular circulation while maintaining pedestrian connectivity between the public right-of-way and the hotel entrance. A total of 82 parking spaces are accommodated within the 24,210-square-foot subterranean and grade level garage, utilizing a combination of standard, compact, and tandem configurations as afforded through DOA 2025-01. 755
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 4 of 14 A 20-foot-wide BNSF access easement runs along the eastern boundary of the property, providing connection for the grade level parking garage and access between Industrial Way and the BNSF Railway right-of-way for rail maintenance access. The site design ensures that this easement remains unobstructed and accessible at all times while maintaining adequate separation from hotel operations. Landscaping and decorative hardscape will frame the hotel's perimeter, enhancing the visual transition between the public street frontage and the hotel building. ADA-accessible pedestrian pathways with distinguishable paving will extend from the public sidewalk to the main entrance. / ,.. ... •• .p •• =~=.-•-•'= --:'---~--~~~~:-~,:-~•--:·~:;,_:_·-~=·~~~~~:lnl!--i I I , : ~' 11-'-t• The Placentia Fire and Life Safety Department (PFLS) has reviewed the project from a mobility and emergency access standpoint and has approved Alternative Means and Methods (AM&M) for access through the adjacent right-of-way. The Department has determined that fire apparatus access and circulation requirements are satisfied based upon the approved site design, ensuring adequate emergency response capability while preserving the functional and aesthetic integrity of the overall development. Floor Plan The proposed four-story, 42,631-square-foot hotel features an efficient and vertically integrated floor plan designed to maximize guest convenience and operational functionality. The basement level consists of 49 parking spaces, along with mechanical and storage areas supporting the building's infrastructure systems. The first floor contains 33 additional parking spaces, a main hotel lobby and registration area, a lounge, and 756
Planning Commission -C Y Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 5 of 14 back-of-house spaces including offices, employee breakroom, laundry, electrical, and trash/recycling facilities. The primary lobby is oriented toward South Placentia Avenue, providing a direct connection for guests arriving on foot or via vehicle access from Industrial Way. The second floor functions as the primary amenity level, featuring a breakfast/dining area, fitness center, game room, collaboration space, guest laundry, and lounge areas positioned to create an active social environment for guests. This floor also includes a limited number of guest rooms and service areas to enhance operational efficiency. 1' , • ,-t • • ;, • ,,. • ,.. , "' • I • I • • • • • '" • "' '• • • ,. • t • ------0!~•1:·:,"l; O::s,,•= □"·'·"' □"·'·"··~' □,.,. □'-'··'"' □"":: □""'''''' O;.,cc..,,.., □-, .. □-.,; □-"'' o.:!!·l.'!l □·'·"' □··,· □•,•.~-□·,, □•,c•::v □•:,:,:□:·,· 0,.:,.1:•~ The third and fourth floors contain the majority of the 86 total guest rooms, consisting of 52 king rooms (including two accessible units) and 32 double-queen rooms (including three accessible units). Guest rooms are organized along double-loaded corridors to maximize efficiency while maintaining natural light and orientation toward the South Placentia Avenue corridor. Vertical circulation is provided by two elevator cores and multiple enclosed stairwells that connect each floor to the subterranean parking levels. 757
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 6 of 14 A 2,075-square-foot rooftop deck provides additional outdoor amenity space with panoramic views of the surrounding corridor, offering guests a distinctive leisure experience. Applicable Code Section -Placentia Municipal Code The subject property is currently zoned C-2 (Community Commercial) with a Height Overlay District (H-65) and carries an underlying General Plan land use designation of "Commercial." The proposed development is subject to the applicable development standards and permitted use requirements contained within Title 23 (Zoning Ordinance) of the Placentia Municipal Code (PMC) for properties within the C-2-H65 Zoning District. Pursuant to PMC Section 23.75.01 0(a), the construction of new commercial buildings requires approval of a DPR by the Planning Commission at a duly noticed public hearing. In addition, pursuant to PMC Section 23.36.040, UP is required for the establishment and operation of a hotel, including the onsite sale and consumption of alcoholic beverages for registered hotel guests. Furthermore, consistent with California Government Code Section 65867, a Disposition and Development Agreement (ODA 2025-01) between the City of Placentia and C Y Hospitality, LLC is being processed to outline the terms and conditions of the transfer of ownership of City-owned property, including a remnant portion of Public Right-of-Way (PROW) adjacent to the project site. State law requires the Planning Commission to review the proposed ODA at a noticed public hearing and forward a recommendation for final action to the City Council of the City of Placentia. Subject Site and Surrounding Land Uses The table below illustrates the site and surrounding existing land uses, General Plan Land Use designation and zoning: Land Use Element Zoning Map Location Existing Land Use General Plan Designation Designation Vacant Unimproved C-2-H65 (Community Existing Commercial Commercial -Height Lot Overlay Districts) Tru by Hilton Hotel: A ±42,631 sq. ft., four-story, 86-room hotel with a subterranean C-2-H65 Proposed and grade level garage Commercial and rooftop deck, measuring approximately 63 ft. in height. 758
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 7 of 14 Springhill Suites Marriott: An +/-69,663-North (across square foot, five-story BNSF railway) hotel building measuring 64 feet high. South (across Small Scale Light Industrial Way) Industrial Uses East Small Scale Light Industrial Uses Small Industrial West (Across Buildings S. Placentia Avenue) Commercial Shopping Center ZONING COMPLIANCE ANALYSIS Site Development Standards Commercial C-2-H65 Commercial C-2-H65 Commercial C-2-H65 City of Fullerton City of Fullerton The project site is located within the C-2-H65 (Community Commercial -Height Overlay District) and carries an underlying General Plan land use designation of "Commercial." Based on staff's analysis, the proposed Tru by Hilton hotel development substantially complies with the applicable development standards set forth in PMC Chapter 23.36 (C-2 Zoning District), including minimum setback, maximum building height, and off-street parking requirements. Certain parking configuration standards, such as compact and tandem parking within the subterranean garage, are authorized through the ODA 2025-01 to accommodate valet operations consistent with PMC Chapter 23.78 (Off-Street Parking). The following matrix provides a summary of the development's compliance with the identified standards: Standard Project Height 65 ft. maximum 63 ft.' excluding rooftop stairwell access. Setbacks Front Yard Setback -15 ft. Front: 4 ft. provided -Requested minimum deviation per DOA 2025-01, Section 6.3.2. 759
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 8 of 14 S. Placentia Side Yard Setback -15 ft. feet min. Side Yard Setback: -0 ft. min. Rear Yard Setback -0 ft. min. Parking One space per sleeping room -86 spaces Lot Area and Dimensions Minimum Lot Area: 1.5 acres Tandem Parking Not permitted for commercial uses (PMC § 23.78.040) West Side Yard: 5 ft. provided -Requested deviation per ODA 2025-01, Section 6.3.3. East Side Yard: 20 ft. provided Rear Yard: 6 ft. provided 82 spaces provided -Requested deviation per DOA 2025-01, Section 6.3.4. 21,553 sq. ft. (0.49 acres) -Requested deviation per ODA 2025-01, Section 6.3.1. Authorized tandem configurations -Requested deviation per ODA 2025-01, Section 6.3.5. Other Departments Concerns and Requirements The Divisions of Planning and Building and the Departments of Public Works, Police, and Fire and Life Safety have reviewed the application and supporting documentation related to the proposed Tru by Hilton hotel project. Each reviewing department provided comments during the course of project evaluation, and no major concerns were identified that would preclude approval of the development as proposed. The Fire and Life Safety Department, in conjunction with City's Traffic Engineer, reviewed the project from a mobility and emergency access standpoint and approved Alternative Means and Methods for the adjacent right-of-way, confirming that fire apparatus access and circulation requirements are satisfied. All applicable Placentia Municipal Code provisions and interdepartmental recommendations have been incorporated as Conditions of Approval within the draft Planning Commission Resolution, prepared for consideration and recommendation to the City Council. ISSUES ANALYSIS: CONSISTENCY WITH THE GENERAL PLAN 760
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 9 of 14 The General Plan features policies that promotes the reinvestment of underutilized properties while being sensitive to the suburban atmosphere and requires new developments to provide adequate improvements and pay impact fees to offset the demand costs on city services and facilities. The proposed development is consistent with the following Land Use and Economic Development policies of the General Plan: Land Use Policy 2.4 -Large, contiguous vacant or underutilized parcels should be comprehensively planned for development to minimize effects on the City suburban atmosphere. Policy 3.1 -Encourage opportunities for redevelopment and improvements in the Old Town area, the TOD district, industrial areas, neighborhoods in the southern sector of the City, and commercial centers along major roadway corridors. Policy 3.3 -Provide incentives to encourage lot consolidation and parcel assemblage to provide expanded opportunities for coordinated development. Policy 10.2 -In creating the aforementioned corridor plans, the City shall take into consideration the nearby Cal State University Fullerton campus community and capitalize on its proximity. Economic Development Policy 2.1 -Attract general fund revenue-producing business into Placentia when space becomes available. Continue to work with developers to not only bring in enhanced shopping, dining and entertainment opportunities, but also to create aesthetically pleasing developments that bring new jobs to the City. Policy 4.2 -Focus economic development efforts for growth and new businesses in heavily traveled areas, such as along major transportation corridors. Policy 7.2 -Increase job opportunities by attracting new businesses to the City. The proposed project is consistent with the intent of the City's Land Use and Economic Development Policies by facilitating the comprehensive development of an underutilized property within a major corridor. The project supports Land Use Policy 2.4 by transforming a large vacant parcel through a coordinated development that complements the surrounding suburban environment. It further aligns with Policies 3.1 and 3.3 by contributing to the ongoing revitalization of the City's key commercial corridors and encouraging parcel assemblage to promote cohesive site planning and efficient land utilization. In addition, the project's proximity to Cal State University Fullerton fulfills Policy 10.2 by leveraging nearby educational resources to enhance activity and investment within the corridor. 761
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 10 of 14 From an economic standpoint, the proposed development supports Economic Development Policies 2.1, 4.2, and 7.2 by attracting a revenue-producing business that enhances the City's commercial base, creates new employment opportunities, and contributes to the ongoing improvement of a highly visible transportation corridor. Collectively, the project will activate a previously underutilized site, stimulate local economic growth, and enhance the City's visual and fiscal landscape. In doing so, it advances the broader goals of the General Plan by ensuring compatible, high-quality development that benefits both the surrounding neighborhood and the community at large. LAND USE COMPATIBILITY The proposed Tru by Hilton hotel will be compatible with the surrounding area as the development will revitalize an underutilized and vacant property with a 42,631-square-foot, four-story, 86-room hotel on a 21,553-square-foot (0.49-acre) site. The project represents a high-quality infill development within an established commercial and industrial corridor that has historically been underdeveloped due to prior right-of-way constraints associated with the South Placentia Avenue Grade Separation Project. The hotel will cater to the growing market demand for modern, mid-scale lodging accommodations that are centrally located and easily accessible to regional destinations and employment centers. The project will provide a compatible transition between adjacent commercial and industrial uses, while contributing to the revitalization objectives for the South Placentia Avenue corridor. Its contemporary architectural design, enhanced streetscape, and functional site layout will improve the visual and economic character of the area. Based upon the proposed use, building placement, and integration with adjacent public right-of-way improvements, the project is not anticipated to result in any adverse impacts to surrounding properties and is expected to enhance corridor vitality and economic activity consistent with the City's General Plan and long-term development goals. Architecture, Materials, and Color Palette The proposed four-story Tru by Hilton hotel incorporates a modern geometric design theme that reflects the brand's contemporary architectural identity. The building's form emphasizes clean horizontal and vertical lines, with strategically placed fa9ade projections and recesses that create depth, variation, and shadow along all elevations. These architectural breaks range from four to six feet in depth and extend from the base of the building to the parapet, visually reducing the overall mass and contributing to a balanced, human-scaled design along the South Placentia Avenue underpass and Industrial Way frontage. The exterior finish palette features a combination of smooth and sand-float stucco surfaces in white, light gray, and soft neutral tones, complemented by accent panels in shades of blue and warm yellow to highlight key architectural elements and reinforce the building's geometric composition. Metal trim and fiber-cement accent panels are 762
Planning Commission - C Y Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 11 of 14 integrated to define building edges, window groupings, and color transitions, enhancing the overall modern aesthetic. -----------------------------------------------------------··-.r:+ r· L~-------------.....i,-··· -----------••• "'p ----------·······t+ ----------. -f<I' -----------' "t+ __ ..::...---~••·.:;+ ,,_..,.,.n:-f• ··l·I ------------·---·------------------------------------------·· '?,+ -• .. ·--· -------._ .. ~-;,-;<\, I I I I I -· ---------·· ·-~ -----",rt+ Windows are positioned with slight offsets and framed by subtle reveals to create visual depth and contrast, while parapet height variations and vertical tower features accentuate key corners of the structure. The design conveys a cohesive, contemporary appearance that is consistent with the Truby Hilton brand identity while remaining compatible with the surrounding commercial and industrial context. The combination of modern materials, bold color accents, and refined detailing will elevate the architectural quality of the South Placentia Avenue corridor and serve as a catalyst for continued reinvestment in the area. HOUSING, COMMUNITY AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE On Wednesday, July 23, 2025, the City Council Housing, Community, and Economic Development (HCED) Committee convened to review the proposed Tru by Hilton hotel project located at 450 South Placentia Avenue. City staff provided an in-depth presentation outlining the project's key components, including the Disposition and Development Agreement (DOA 2025-01 ), overall site design, vehicular circulation, and architectural features. Staff also discussed the project's relationship to surrounding land uses, the intended conveyance of surplus City-owned public right-of-way (PROW), and the requested deviations pertaining to parking configuration and setbacks. 763
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 12 of 14 The applicant, C Y Hospitality, LLC, addressed the Committee to describe the project's design intent, hotel brand standards, and operational approach, emphasizing how the project would serve as a modern, mid-scale lodging option that enhances the South Placentia Avenue corridor. The Committee engaged in a detailed discussion regarding site access, parking management through valet operations, and consistency with the City's broader economic-development objectives. After reviewing the architectural plans, site circulation layout, and landscape design, the HCED expressed overall support for the project, noting that the proposal represents an appropriate and compatible reuse of a long-vacant infill site. HCED agreed that the project's design and circulation plan are functional, visually appealing, and consistent with the City's goals for corridor revitalization. As a result, HCED conveyed its favorable recommendation to the Planning Commission for consideration of the project entitlements, including the Development Plan Review, Use Permit, and Disposition and Development Agreement. GENERAL PLAN CONFORMITY FINDING California Government Code Section 65402 requires a finding by the Planning Commission that the disposition of property conforms to the City's General Plan. A site layout and legal boundary map for property disposition is provided for this purpose in the DDA. The basis for making the proposed conformity finding is determining whether or not the proposed disposition of the property to the applicant is consistent with and fits into a goal or implementation policy as outlined in the adopted General Plan. The disposition of the site for the purposes of facilitating the development of a hotel project is consistent with the Land Use policies outlined within the City of Placentia General Plan. CEQA This project is exempt from the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) because it can be seen with certainty that there is no possibility that this project may have a significant adverse effect on the environment. The proposed development of a four-story, 86-room hotel on an infill site within an urbanized area is consistent with the City's General Plan and Zoning designations. Therefore, the approval of this project is exempt from the requirements of CEQA pursuant to Section 15332 (Class 32-Infill Development Projects) of the CEQA Guidelines. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Legal notice was published in the Placentia News-Times on October 30, 2025. Notices were sent to property owners of record within a 300-foot radius of the subject property, posted at the Civic Center, and on the City website on October 30, 2025. As of November 6, 2025, staff have received correspondence from an adjacent neighbor expressing 764
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 13 of 14 concern regarding construction staging activities, parking impacts associated with the hotel's operation, and the proposed disposition of public right-of-way, including how these factors may affect their property and the type of development being proposed. As of the release of this agenda report, City staff is continuing to correspond with the adjacent property owner and their legal counsel to address these concerns. CONCLUSION The proposed project aligns with the City's General Plan and the Placentia Municipal Code (PMC), meeting the City's vision for sustainable growth, economic revitalization, and urban enhancement. The General Plan serves as a blueprint for balanced development, ensuring a harmonious integration of residential, commercial, and public spaces while promoting infrastructure efficiency, environmental sustainability, and community well-being. The HCED support of the project affirms its compatibility with adjacent land uses, supporting the revitalization of an underutilized site and fostering a more dynamic and connected urban environment. The proposed hotel development will expand lodging opportunities within the City, attract tourism-related spending, and strengthen the local economy by supporting nearby businesses and creating new employment opportunities. Planned site and streetscape improvements, including pedestrian-friendly enhancements and a contemporary architectural design, will contribute positively to the visual character and long-term vitality of the surrounding area. By adhering to the development framework set forth in the General Plan and Placentia Municipal Code, the project promotes economic sustainability, and enhances the City's hospitality offerings as part of its continued urban revitalization efforts. RECOMMENDATION Staff recommends that the Planning Commission adopt Resolution No. PC-2025-13, recommending that the City Council of the City of Placentia approve the proposed DPR 2025-01, UP 2025-02, and DOA 2025-01 for the Tru by Hilton hotel project, making the required findings of approval. Prepared and submitted by: Reviewed and approved by: An8o~ ~rt-Planning Manager Development Services Director ATTACHMENTS: 1. Resolution No. PC-2025-13, finding the project exempt from the requirements of CEQA, and recommending City Council approval of Development Plan Review No. 765
Planning Commission -CY Hospitality, LLC November 10, 2025 Page 14 of 14 DPR 2025-01, Use Permit No. UP 2025-02, and Disposition and Development Agreement No. DOA 2025-01, in conjunction with the associated Conditions of Approval. 2. Draft Disposition and Development Agreement (DOA) 3. Project Plans including the Site Plan, Building Elevations, Color Renderings, Preliminary Landscape Plan 4. Colors and Materials Board 5. Categorical Exemption Justification Memorandum with Supporting Studies 6. Vicinity Map 7. Site Photographs 8. Affidavit of Mailing, Public Hearing Notice, & Radius Map with Notification List N:\PLANNING COMMISSION\Planning Commission Agendas & Reports\2025\11-10-25\Agenda\ltem #2; 450 S Placentia Ave. (Tru Hilton)\PC Staff Report Tru Hilton.docx 766
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale:Scale:
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
COVER SHEETCOVER SHEET
D-0.00D-0.00
SHEET INDEX - PLANNING PACKAGE
SHEET NUMBER SHEET NAME
ARCHITECTURAL
D-0.00 COVER SHEET
D-1.00 SITE PLAN
D-1.01 SITE CONTEXT PLAN
D-2.00 BASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
D-2.01 TRANSFORMER FLOOR PLAN
D-2.10 1ST STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.11 FIRE ACCESS PLAN
D-2.20 2ND STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.30 3RD STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.40 4TH STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.50 ROOF PLAN
D-3.00 ELEVATIONS
D-3.01 ELEVATIONS
D-4.00 BUILDING SECTION
D-5.00 ENLARGED GUESTROOM PLANS
D-9.00 SPECIFICATIONS
16 CIVIL
0 SURVEY
1 TITLE SHEET
2 EROSION CONTROL PLAN
3 EROSION CONTROL DETAILS
4 ROUGH GRADING PLAN
5 ROUGH GRADING DETAILS
6 PRECISE GRADING PLAN
7 WQMP PLAN
8 WQMP DETAILS
9 UTILITY PLAN
SI1 STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS TITLE SHEET
SI2 ROADWAY CONSTRUCTION NOTES
SI3 TYPICAL SECTIONS
SI4 ROADWAY IMPROVEMENTS
SI5 ROADWAY PROFILE
15 LANDSCAPE
LP-1.0 FIRST FLOOR PLANTING PLAN
LP-1.1 SECOND FLOOR PLANTING PLAN
LP-2.0 PLANTING LEGEND
LPI-1.0 FIRST FLOOR IRRIGATION PLAN
LPI-1.1 SECOND FLOOR IRRIGATION PLAN
LPI-2.0 IRRIGATION DETAILS
LPI-2.1 IRRIGATION DETAILS
7 Total: 38
PARKING PROPOSED
Accessible_9' x 19' (5' Aisle)3
Accessible_Van_9' x 19' (9' 4" Aisle)1
Compact 8'-6" x 15'-0"28
EV Standard 9'-6" x 19'-0"4
Standard 9'-6" x 19'-0"46
Grand total: 82
35% COMPACT PARKING ALLOWED
28/82 = 34% COMPACT PARKING PROPOSED
100% OF PROPOSED PARKING IS TO BE ACCOMODATED
BY VALET PARKING SERVICE ***
PARKING PER STORY
0_BASEMENT
Accessible_9' x 19' (5' Aisle)2
Compact 8'-6" x 15'-0"21
Standard 9'-6" x 19'-0"26
49 1ST STORY
Accessible_9' x 19' (5' Aisle)1
Accessible_Van_9' x 19' (9' 4" Aisle)1
Compact 8'-6" x 15'-0"7
EV Standard 9'-6" x 19'-0"4
Standard 9'-6" x 19'-0"20
33 Grand total: 82
PROJECT SUMMARY
ADDRESS:450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
ZONE: C-2-H65 COMMUNITY COMMERCIAL
APN: 339-442-04
LEGAL DESCRIPTION: LOT 6 OF TRACT NO. 5836, IN THE CITY OF PLACENTIA, COUNTY OF
ORANGE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON A MAP RECORDED IN BOOK 217, PAGES 22 AND 23 OF MISCELLANEOUS MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY.
LOT AREA: REQ'D MIN. LOT SIZE OF 1.5 ACRES (65,340 SQ. FT.); PROPOSED 15,160 SQ. FT.
+ ADJACENT 6,358 SQ. FT. OWNED BY CITY OF PLACENTIA TBD = APPROXIMATELY 21,518 SQ. FT. TOTAL ***
OCCUPANCY:HOTEL:R-1
GARAGE:S-2
SETBACKS:REQ'DPROPOSED
FRONT:15'-0"4'-0" ***
SIDES:0'-0"20'-0" (EAST)
5'-0" (WEST)
REAR:0'-0"6'-0"
MAXIMUM HEIGHT:65'-0"62'-0"
REQUIRED PARKING:ONE (1) SPACE PER SLEEPING ROOM = 86
PLUS ONE (1) SPACE PER EACH 3 SEATS IN PLACES OF ASSEMBLY = N/A CONSTRUCTION TYPE:TYPE III-A - (2ND/3RD/4TH LEVELS) OVER
TYPE I-B PODIUM - (GROUND FLOOR & BASEMENT LEVELS)
FIRE SPRINKLERS:NFPA 13
VICINITY MAPVICINITY MAP
PROJECT LOCATIONPROJECT LOCATION
GUESTROOM COUNT PER STORY
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 01 9
Guestroom_Double Queen ACCESSIBLE 1
Guestroom_KING 01 8
18 03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 01 9
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 02 1
Guestroom_Double Queen ACCESSIBLE 1
Guestroom_KING 01 8
Guestroom_KING 02 14
Guestroom_King ACCESSIBLE 1
34 04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 01 9
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 02 1
Guestroom_Double Queen ACCESSIBLE 1
Guestroom_KING 01 8
Guestroom_KING 02 14
Guestroom_King ACCESSIBLE 1
34 Grand total: 86
GUESTROOM COUNT PER TYPE
Guestroom_KING 01 24
Guestroom_KING 02 28
Guestroom_King ACCESSIBLE 2
54 Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 01 27
Guestroom_DOUBLE QUEEN 02 2
Guestroom_Double Queen ACCESSIBLE 3
32 Grand total: 86
FLOOR AREA (Gross Building) - HOTEL
Name Area
R-1_1ST STORY4,317 SF
R-1_2ND STORY12,780 SF
R-1_3RD STORY12,765 SF
R-1_4TH STORY12,760 SF
Grand total42,622 SF
FLOOR AREA (Gross Building) - PARKING
Name Area
S-2_BASEMENT14,237 SF
S-2_1ST STORY9,973 SF
Grand total24,210 SF
ARCHITECT
MAKE ARCHITECTURE
2664 LACY ST, STUDIO A
LOS ANGELES, CA 90031
T: (323) 669 - 0278
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERMEP ENGINEERGEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER
IMEG
901 VIA PIEMONTE, SUITE 400
ONTARIO, CA 91764
T: (909) 477-6915
E: [email protected]
BYER GEOTECHNICAL
1461 EAST CHEVY CHASE DR, SUITE 200
GLENDALE, CALIFORNIA 91206
T: (818) 549-9959
E: [email protected]
CIVIL ENGINEER
LABIB FUNK + ASSOCIATES
319 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
T: (213) 239 9700
E: [email protected]
LABIB FUNK + ASSOCIATES
319 MAIN STREET
EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245
T: (213) 239 9700
E: [email protected]
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT
FIORE PERTTULA LANDSCAPE
DESIGN (FPLD)
11529 W PICO BLVD
LOS ANGELES CA 90064
T: (424) 273-1092
E: [email protected]
ACOUSTICAL ENGINEER
VENEKLASEN
1711 SIXTEENTH STREET
SANTA MONICA, CA 90404
T: (310) 450-1733
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER
BLODGETT BAYLOSIS ENVIRONMENTAL
2211 S. HACIENDA BLVD, STE 107
HACIENDA HEIGHTS, CA 91745
HILTON PROJECT MANAGER
ELINOR VARGAS
755 CROSSOVER LANE
MEMPHIS, TN 38117
T: (901) 524-6496
E: [email protected]
DRY UTILITIES
DUEX
17291 IRVINE BLVD, SUITE 264
TUSTIN, CA 92780
T: (714) 689-7133
E: [email protected]
PROJECT DIRECTORY
OWNER
CY HOSPITALITY, LLC
CHANDRAKANT PATEL
[email protected]
YAGNESH PATEL (626) 731-9715
[email protected]
17708 ALBURTIS AVE. ARTESIA, CA 90701
*** DEVIATIONS WILL BE ADDRESSED THROUGH THE PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT AND DISPOSITION AGREEMENT (DDA).
***
***
767
FD
DN
FD
FD
DN
DN
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 1
D-4.00
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF
SOUTHERLY FACE OF
RAILROAD TRACKS
SECONDARY FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND
12'X40' LOADING SPACE 5.01%8.33%
8.33%1.45%10%20%ACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMPUBLIC UTILITIES6' - 0" EASEMENTSTORM DRAINAGE8' - 0" EASEMENTSETBACK4' - 0" FRONTTRASH/RECYLCING ROOM OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES BY REPUBLIC SERVICES:
SCOUT SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED CONSISTING OF A SPECIAL
REPUBLIC SERVICES PASSENGER-SIZED VEHICLE TRANSPORTING
BINS FROM WHERE THEY RESIDE, TO THE SERVICE LOCATION AND RETURN.
MINIMUM 40 ’ X 16’ WIDE STAGING AREA AVAILABLE ON SERVICE DAYS (MONDAY – SATURDAY) FROM 6 A.M. TO 6 P.M.
STAGING OF BINS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT –OF–WAY IS PROHIBITED.
STAINED DECORATIVE CONCRETE ENTRY PAVING
12'-0" WIDE
HOTEL LOADING LANE
8'-0" WIDE EXISTING
PARKING LANE TO REMAIN
20'-0" WIDE
FIRE LANE
ACCESSIBLE
LOADING SPACE
GROUND FLOOR
BUILDING FOOTPRINT
GROUND FLOOR
PARKING FOOTPRINT 2.16%5' - 0"
8' - 0"
MONUMENT SIGN
(E) DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN
(E) DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN
(E) DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN
PRIMARY FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
SITE PLANSITE PLAN
D-1.00D-1.00
768
FD
DN
FD
FD
DN
DN
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF
SOUTHERLY FACE OF
RAILROAD TRACKS
PUBLIC UTILITIES6' - 0" EASEMENTSTORM DRAINAGE8' - 0" EASEMENTSETBACK4' - 0" FRONTGROUND FLOOR
BUILDING FOOTPRINT
GROUND FLOOR
PARKING FOOTPRINT
5' - 0"
8' - 0"
INDUSTRIAL WAY
INDUSTRIAL WAYS PLACENTIA AVE460 INDUSTRIAL WAY
APN: 339-442-02
466 INDUSTRIAL WAY
APN: 339-442-03
APN: 339-443-04S PLACENTIA AVE(E) DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN(E) DRIVEWAY TO REMAIN Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/16" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/16" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
SITE CONTEXT PLANSITE CONTEXT PLAN
D-1.01D-1.01
769
UPUP
DN
C G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.1
X.L
X.5
STORAGESTORAGE
17 20
X.6
X.H
S
ELEV.ELEV.
STAIRSTAIR
LEGENDLEGEND
ELEV.
STAIR
STORAGE
TRANSFORMER ROOM
X.4
X.C
V
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 2.9%
1 D-4.00
X.A
A
TRANSFORMER ROOMTRANSFORMER ROOM
187' - 3 7/8"9' - 3 1/4"7' - 0"8' - 8 1/4"18' - 5 1/4"12' - 9 5 /
8 "
12' - 9
5 /
8 "
5' - 7 3
/
8 "
20' - 0"
25' - 7
1 /
4 "15' - 0" (TYP.)8' - 6" (TYP.)19' - 0" (TYP.)9' - 6" (TYP.) 9' - 0"5' - 0"9' - 0"19' - 0"19' - 0"25' - 2"20%R 12' - 0"R 37' - 0"S S SSSSSS
CC C C C C C C
SSS
CCC
SSS
CC C C
S
C
S
C
SSSSS
C
S
S
C C
ACC.
ACC.
SS
C
10%8' - 0"16' - 3"8' - 0"31' - 3"30' - 0"30' - 5"12' - 5 1/4"2' - 7 3/4"7' - 5 3/4"20' - 6"30' - 0"20' - 5"20' - 5"8' - 11"12' - 7 1/2" Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
BASEMENT FLOOR PLANBASEMENT FLOOR PLAN
D-2.00D-2.00
770
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.1
X.5
20 X.6
X.H
X.C
A-3.00
05 A-3.10
05 1
D-4.00
LEGENDLEGEND
STAIR
TRANSFORMER ROOMX.A
187' - 3 7/8"9' - 3 1/4"7' - 0"8' - 8 1/4"12' - 9
5 /
8 "
18' - 5"
20' - 0"PROPOSED SWITCH PROPOSED TRANSFORMER PADCopyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
TRANSFORMER FLOOR PLANTRANSFORMER FLOOR PLAN
D-2.01D-2.01
771
UP
DN
DN
FD
DN
UP
DN
FD
DN
FD
C G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.1
X.L
X.5
ENTRY AREAENTRY AREAENTRY AREAENTRY AREA
524 SF524 SF
STAIRSTAIR
STAIRSTAIR
TRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLING 157 SF157 SF
LAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINEN
639 SF639 SF
ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL
609 SF609 SF
17 20
19 X.6
X.H
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF
SOUTHERLY FACE OF
RAILROAD TRACKS
LEGENDLEGEND
ELECTRICAL
ELEV.
ELEV. LOBBY
EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM
ENTRY AREA
GENERAL MGR.
HALL
LANDSCAPE
LAUNDRY/LINEN
OFFICE
RESTROOM
SECURITY/VALET
STAIR
STORAGE
TRASH/RECYCLING
VESTIBULE
S
ELEV. LOBBYELEV. LOBBY
ELEV.ELEV.
LINE OF (E) CUL-DE-SAC CURB
TO BE DEMOLISHED
FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND
12'X40' LOADING SPACE
X.4
X.C 5.01%V
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 GENERAL MGR.GENERAL MGR.
OFFICEOFFICE
OFFICEOFFICE
EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM 242 SF242 SF
RESTROOMRESTROOM
VESTIBULEVESTIBULE
SECURITY/VALETSECURITY/VALET
1 D-4.00
8.33%
8.33%1.45%5' - 7" MIN. FIRE ACCESS
10%20%X.A
A
ACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMLINE OF (E) CUL-DE-SAC CURB
TO BE DEMOLISHED
187' - 3 7/8"9' - 3 1/4"7' - 0"8' - 8 1/4"18' - 5 1/4"20' - 6"30' - 0"20' - 5"20' - 5"21' - 6 1/2" 12' - 9
5 /
8 "
12' - 9
5 /
8 "
5' - 7 3
/
8 "
20' - 0"
STORAGESTORAGE PUBLIC UTILITIES6' - 0" EASEMENTSTORM DRAINAGE8' - 0" EASEMENTSETBACK4' - 0" FRONTBNSF ACCESS 20' - 0" EASEMENT
24' - 1"
S
S
S S
S S
S S
SS
S
S
S
S
?
S
?8' - 0"16' - 3"HALLHALL
?SS
C
C
S S S ?
CCCC
ACC. VAN
ACC.
C
31' - 3"30' - 0"30' - 5"12' - 5 1/4"2' - 7 3/4"7' - 5 3/4"TRASH/RECYLCING ROOM OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES BY REPUBLIC SERVICES:
SCOUT SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED CONSISTING OF A SPECIAL
REPUBLIC SERVICES PASSENGER-SIZED VEHICLE TRANSPORTING
BINS FROM WHERE THEY RESIDE, TO THE SERVICE LOCATION AND RETURN.
MINIMUM 40 ’ X 16’ WIDE STAGING AREA AVAILABLE ON SERVICE DAYS (MONDAY – SATURDAY) FROM 6 A.M. TO 6 P.M.
STAGING OF BINS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT –OF–WAY IS PROHIBITED.
STORAGESTORAGE
STAINED DECORATIVE CONCRETE ENTRY PAVING
20' - 3 1/2"
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
1ST STORY FLOOR PLAN1ST STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.10D-2.10
772
FD
DN
FD
FD
UP
DN
DN
DN
UP
DN
C G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.1
X.L
X.5
17 20
19 X.6
X.H
S
X.4
X.C
V
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 1
D-4.00
X.A
A
18 ENTRY AREAENTRY AREAENTRY AREAENTRY AREA
524 SF524 SF
STAIRSTAIR
STAIRSTAIR
TRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLINGTRASH/RECYCLING 157 SF157 SF
LAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINEN
639 SF639 SF
ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL
609 SF609 SF
APPROXIMATE
LOCATION OF
SOUTHERLY FACE OF
RAILROAD TRACKS
LEGENDLEGEND
ELECTRICAL
ELEV.
ELEV. LOBBY
EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM
ENTRY AREA
GENERAL MGR.
HALL
LANDSCAPE
LAUNDRY/LINEN
OFFICE
RESTROOM
SECURITY/VALET
STAIR
STORAGE
TRASH/RECYCLING
VESTIBULE
ELEV. LOBBYELEV. LOBBY
ELEV.ELEV.
LINE OF (E) CUL-DE-SAC CURB
TO BE DEMOLISHED
FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND
12'X40' LOADING SPACE 5.01%GENERAL MGR.GENERAL MGR.
OFFICEOFFICE
OFFICEOFFICE
EMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOMEMPLOYEE BREAK ROOM 242 SF242 SF
RESTROOMRESTROOM
VESTIBULEVESTIBULE
SECURITY/VALETSECURITY/VALET
8.33%
8.33%1.45%10%20%ACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMACCESS HATCH TO TRANSFORMER ROOMLINE OF (E) CUL-DE-SAC CURB TO BE DEMOLISHED7' - 3 7/8"9' - 3 1/4"7' - 0"8' - 8 1/4"18' - 5 1/4"20' - 6"30' - 0"20' - 5"20' - 5"21' - 6 1/2" STORAGESTORAGE PUBLIC UTILITIES6' - 0" EASEMENTSTORM DRAINAGE8' - 0" EASEMENTSETBACK4' - 0" FRONTBNSF ACCESS 20' - 0" EASEMENT
24' - 1"
S
S
S S
S S
S S
SS
S
S
S
S
?
S
?8' - 0"16' - 3"HALLHALL
?SS
C
C
S S S ?
CCCC
ACC. VAN
ACC.
C
31' - 3"30' - 0"30' - 5"12' - 5 1/4"2' - 7 3/4"7' - 5 3/4"TRASH/RECYLCING ROOM OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES BY REPUBLIC SERVICES:
SCOUT SERVICE WILL BE PROVIDED CONSISTING OF A SPECIAL
REPUBLIC SERVICES PASSENGER-SIZED VEHICLE TRANSPORTING
BINS FROM WHERE THEY RESIDE, TO THE SERVICE LOCATION AND RETURN.
MINIMUM 40 ’ X 16’ WIDE STAGING AREA AVAILABLE ON SERVICE DAYS (MONDAY – SATURDAY) FROM 6 A.M. TO 6 P.M.
STAGING OF BINS IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT –OF–WAY IS PROHIBITED.
STORAGESTORAGE
150' - 0"
34 sec150' - 0"
34 sec
94' - 4 1/4"FIRE LANE28' - 7 11/16"LOADING12' - 0"TO EDGE OF CURB12' - 7 7/16"STANDPIPE TO EXTEND 150' FIRE
HOSE PULL LENGTH
FROM EDGE OF CURB10' - 0" HOSE PULLFROM EDGE OF CURB10' - 0" HOSE PULLELECTRIC VEHICLE GATE
W/KNOX BOX
FIRE ACCESS GATE
W/KNOX BOX
HOSE PULL
HOSE PULL
ACCESSIBLE LOADING SPACE
LINE OF CANOPY ABOVE TO FIRE LANE24' - 7 7/16" FROM BLDG.WALL MOUNTED ADDRESS NUMBERS3' - 6 3/8" MIN. FIRE ACCESSTO FIRE LANE17' - 6 1/2" FROM CANOPY25' - 0" 45' - 0"20' - 0"25' - 0"29' - 0"12'-0" WIDE
HOTEL LOADING LANE
8'-0" WIDE EXISTING
PARKING LANE TO REMAINTO FIRE LANE22' - 4 1/8" FROM CANOPYLINE OF CANOPY ABOVE (MIN. 13'-6" VERTICAL CLEARANCE)
FROM PROPOSED FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND TO END OF STREET
169' - 3 7/8"
FIRE TRUCK TURNAROUND
(SEE D-2.12 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO)
LINE OF BUILDING ABOVE
(MIN. 13'-6" VERTICAL CLEARANCE)
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: As indicatedScale: As indicated
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
FIRE ACCESS PLANFIRE ACCESS PLAN
D-2.11D-2.11
SCALE
N.T.S.FIRE HYDRANT MAP
773
DN
UPUP
DN
C G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.B
X.1
COLLAB ROOMCOLLAB ROOMCOLLAB ROOMCOLLAB ROOM
497 SF497 SF
X.L
X.M
X.P
X.5
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
ROOF DECKROOF DECKROOF DECKROOF DECK
2022 SF2022 SF
PANTRYPANTRYPANTRYPANTRY
378 SF378 SF
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
LEGENDLEGEND
BREAKFAST / DINING
COLLAB ROOM
CORRIDOR
DBL QUEEN
DBL QUEEN ACC.
ELEV.
ELEV. LOBBY
FITNESS
GAME ROOM
GUEST LAUNDRY
HALL
KING
LINEN
LOBBY AREA
LOUNGE
MEP
PANTRY
PBX
RESTROOM
ROOF DECK
STAIR
WORK AREA
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
GUEST LAUNDRYGUEST LAUNDRY
RESTROOMRESTROOM
STAIRSTAIR
RESTROOMRESTROOM
DBL QUEEN ACC.DBL QUEEN ACC.
KINGKING
LINENLINEN
17 20
PNJ
19 X.6
X.H
2 3
8 X.T
B S
HALLHALL
ELEV.ELEV.
FITNESSFITNESSFITNESSFITNESS
465 SF465 SF
X.7
X.4
X.C
X.2
W
7 V
X.N
X.O
X.K
X.J
X.G
X.E
X.Q
X.R
X.S
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 16
14 13
12 11
9 DE F H K M Q T
GAME ROOMGAME ROOMGAME ROOMGAME ROOM
687 SF687 SF
LOUNGELOUNGELOUNGELOUNGE
552 SF552 SF
PBXPBX
LOBBY AREALOBBY AREA1
D-4.00
MEPMEP
KINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKING
KINGKING
ELEV. LOBBYELEV. LOBBY
X.A
A
BREAKFAST / DININGBREAKFAST / DINING
6 4
185' - 10 7/8"1' - 5"9' - 3 1/4"1' - 9 3/8"5' - 2 5/8"6' - 6 5/8"2' - 1 5/8"9' - 7 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"4' - 9 1/4"2' - 11 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"7' - 8 7/8"3' - 5"8' - 3 7/8"11' - 9 5/8"11' - 8 7/8"11' - 7 1/8"18' - 8 5/8"1' - 9 3/8"10' - 5 3/8"3' - 10 1/8"7' - 11 1/8"7' - 9 3/8"3' - 4 5/8" 11 1/8"
10' - 10 1/8"5' - 3 1/8"6' - 6 1/8"4' - 0 7/8"5' - 2 1/4"2' - 6 1/8" 2' - 1 5/8"
8' - 11"8 5/8"11' - 10 7/8"5 3/8"22' - 0 3/4"5' - 8 3/4"1' - 5 1/4"2' - 0 1/4"13' - 4"5' - 8 3/4"4' - 2 1/2"1' - 10 3/8"4' - 10 3/8"6' - 10 7/8"5' - 8"6' - 1 1/4"5' - 8"6' - 0 7/8"5' - 8 3/8"6' - 8 7/8"2' - 7 3/4"2' - 5 3/8"5' - 0 3/8"3' - 0 1 /
2 "
9' - 9 1
/
8 "
12' - 9
5 /
8 "
5' - 7 3
/
8 "
20' - 0"
2' - 1 1
/
4 "
113' - 3 7/8"114' - 2 3/4"106' - 5 1/8"50' - 3
3 /
8 "
J.3 N.7B.4 G.1 J.7 M.6
5.6 10.1
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
2ND STORY FLOOR PLAN2ND STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.20D-2.20
774
DN
DN
UP UP
G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.B
X.1
X.L
X.M
X.P
X.5
17 20
PNJ
19 X.6
X.H
2 3
8 X.T
B
LEGENDLEGEND
CORRIDOR
DBL QUEEN
DBL QUEEN ACC.
ELEV.
ELEV. LOBBY
ICE
KING
KING ACC.
LINEN
LOUNGE
MEP
STAIR
S
X.7
X.4
X.C
X.2
W
7 V
X.N
X.O
X.K
X.J
X.G
X.E
X.Q
X.R
X.S
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 16
14 13
12 11
9 DE F H K M Q T
1 D-4.00
STAIRSTAIR
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
STAIRSTAIR
DBL QUEEN ACC.DBL QUEEN ACC.
KINGKING
LOUNGELOUNGE
KING ACC.KING ACC.
ICEICE
MEPMEP
KINGKING
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
KINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
LINENLINENLINENLINEN
304 SF304 SF
ELEV.ELEV.
KINGKING
ELEV. LOBBYELEV. LOBBY
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
X.A
A
6 4
185' - 10 7/8"1' - 5"9' - 3 1/4"1' - 9 3/8"5' - 2 5/8"6' - 6 5/8"2' - 1 5/8"9' - 7 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"4' - 9 1/4"2' - 11 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"7' - 8 7/8"3' - 5"8' - 3 7/8"11' - 9 5/8"11' - 8 7/8"11' - 7 1/8"22' - 0 3/4"5' - 8 3/4"1' - 5 1/4"2' - 0 1/4"13' - 4"5' - 8 3/4"4' - 2 1/2"1' - 10 3/8"4' - 10 3/8"6' - 10 7/8"5' - 8"6' - 1 1/4"5' - 8"6' - 0 7/8"5' - 8 3/8"6' - 8 7/8"2' - 7 3/4"2' - 5 3/8"5' - 0 3/8"3' - 0 1 /
2 "
9' - 9 1
/
8 "
12' - 9
5 /
8 "
5' - 7 3
/
8 "
20' - 0"
2' - 1 1
/
4 "
18' - 8 5/8"12' - 2 3/4"3' - 10 1/8"7' - 11 1/8"7' - 9 3/8"3' - 4 5/8" 11 1/8"
10' - 10 1/8"5' - 3 1/8"6' - 6 1/8"4' - 0 7/8"5' - 2 1/4"2' - 6 1/8" 2' - 1 5/8"
8' - 11"8 5/8"11' - 10 7/8"5 3/8"
113' - 3 7/8"114' - 2 3/4"106' - 5 1/8"50' - 3
3 /
8 "
J.3 N.7B.4 G.1 J.7 M.6
5.6 10.1
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
3RD STORY FLOOR PLAN3RD STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.30D-2.30
775
DN
UP
DN
G L R
1 5
10 15
X.3
X.D
X.F
X.B
X.1
X.L
X.M
X.P
X.5
LOUNGELOUNGE
KING ACC.KING ACC.
ICEICE
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
LINENLINENLINENLINEN
304 SF304 SF
MEPMEP
KINGKING
17 20
PNJ
19 X.6
X.H
2 3
8 X.T
B
LEGENDLEGEND
CORRIDOR
DBL QUEEN
DBL QUEEN ACC.
ELEV.
ELEV. LOBBY
ICE
KING
KING ACC.
LINEN
LOUNGE
MEP
STAIR
S
X.7
X.4
X.C
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
X.2
W
7 V
X.N
X.O
X.K
X.J
X.G
X.E
X.Q
X.R
X.S
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 16
14 13
12 11
9 DE F H K M Q T
1 D-4.00
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
STAIRSTAIR
DBL QUEEN ACC.DBL QUEEN ACC.
KINGKING
KINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKINGKING
KINGKING
ELEV.ELEV.
KINGKING
ELEV. LOBBYELEV. LOBBY
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
KINGKING
X.A
A
6 4
185' - 10 7/8"1' - 5"9' - 3 1/4"1' - 9 3/8"5' - 2 5/8"6' - 6 5/8"2' - 1 5/8"9' - 7 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"4' - 9 1/4"2' - 11 5/8"4' - 0 3/8"7' - 8 7/8"3' - 5"8' - 3 7/8"11' - 9 5/8"11' - 8 7/8"11' - 7 1/8"22' - 0 3/4"5' - 8 3/4"1' - 5 1/4"2' - 0 1/4"13' - 4"5' - 8 3/4"4' - 2 1/2"1' - 10 3/8"4' - 10 3/8"6' - 10 7/8"5' - 8"6' - 1 1/4"5' - 8"6' - 0 7/8"5' - 8 3/8"6' - 8 7/8"2' - 7 3/4"2' - 5 3/8"5' - 0 3/8"3' - 0 1 /
2 "
9' - 9 1
/
8 "
12' - 9
5 /
8 "
5' - 7 3
/
8 "
20' - 0"
2' - 1 1
/
4 "
18' - 8 5/8"12' - 2 3/4"3' - 10 1/8"7' - 11 1/8"7' - 9 3/8"3' - 4 5/8" 11 1/8"
10' - 10 1/8"5' - 3 1/8"6' - 6 1/8"4' - 0 7/8"5' - 2 1/4"2' - 6 1/8" 2' - 1 5/8"
8' - 11"8 5/8"11' - 10 7/8"5 3/8"
113' - 3 7/8"114' - 2 3/4"106' - 5 1/8"50' - 3
3 /
8 "
J.3 N.7B.4 G.1 J.7 M.6
5.6 10.1
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
4TH STORY FLOOR PLAN4TH STORY FLOOR PLAN
D-2.40D-2.40
776
FD
FD FD
FD
G L R
1 5
10 15X.B
X.1
X.5
17 20
PJ
19 X.6
X.H
2 8
X.T
B
X.7
X.C
X.2
WV
X.O
X.J
X.R
D-3.00
1 D-3.01
1 D-3.01
2 D-3.00
2 16
14 13
11 F K Q
1 D-4.00
A
6 4
181' - 5"24' - 11 1/2"9' - 7 5/8"23' - 6 1/2"23' - 6 1/2"23' - 4"22' - 0 3/4"7' - 2"2' - 0 1/4"13' - 4"9' - 11 1/4"6' - 8 3/4"6' - 10 7/8"11' - 9 1/4"5' - 8"6' - 0 7/8"5' - 8 3/8"6' - 8 7/8"2' - 7 3/4"2' - 5 3/8"5' - 0 3/8"3' - 0 1 /
2 "
28' - 2
1 /
8 "
20' - 0"
2' - 1 1
/
4 "ENCROACHMENT OVER SETBACK9 3/4" EAVE18' - 8 5/8"24' - 0"7' - 9 3/8"4' - 3 3/4"10' - 10 1/8"5' - 3 1/8"15' - 9 1/4"2' - 6 1/8" 2' - 1 5/8"
21' - 6 1/2"9 1/2"
113' - 3 7/8"114' - 2 3/4"106' - 5 1/8"50' - 3
3 /
8 "
J.3 N.7B.4 G.1 J.7 M.6
5.6 10.1
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture. TRUE NORTH NORTH
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
ROOF PLANROOF PLAN
D-2.50D-2.50
777
01 - T.O. 1ST FLR. FIN.
4' - 6"
213' - 0"
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
19' - 0"
227' - 6"
03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
30' - 6"
239' - 0"
04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
40' - 6"
249' - 0"
05 - T.O. ROOF SHEATHING
50' - 6"
259' - 0"
06 - T.O. HIGH ROOF
61' - 2"
269' - 8"
207' - 2 1/4"
SITE - PARKING ROAD ELEVATION
EX 03EX 02EX 01
CO 05
CO 08
EX 01
263' - 5" @ T.O. PARAPETT.O. ROOF FINISH BEYOND
10' - 8"10' - 0"21' - 6"14' - 6"62' - 5 3/4"56' - 8"5' - 9 3/4"EX 01 EX 03
EX 01EX 01
EX 01
STUCCO CONTROL JOINT, TYPICAL
(#XJ15 DOUBLE-J EXPANDED FLANGE
CONTROL JOINT, BY CLARK DIETRICH OR EQ.)
MECHANICAL ROOF SCREEN
EX 02EX 02
01 - T.O. 1ST FLR. FIN.
4' - 6"
213' - 0"
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
19' - 0"
227' - 6"
03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
30' - 6"
239' - 0"
04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
40' - 6"
249' - 0"
05 - T.O. ROOF SHEATHING
50' - 6"
259' - 0"
06 - T.O. HIGH ROOF
61' - 2"
269' - 8"
EX 01
EX 02
EX 01
CO 05
EX 02
CO 06
CO 10
263' - 5" @ T.O. PARAPETT.O. ROOF FINISH BEYOND
14' - 6"11' - 6"10' - 0"10' - 0"10' - 8"56' - 8"CO 05
CO 05
STUCCO CONTROL JOINT, TYPICAL
(#XJ15 DOUBLE-J EXPANDED FLANGE
CONTROL JOINT, BY CLARK DIETRICH OR EQ.)
MECHANICAL ROOF SCREEN
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture.
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
ELEVATIONSELEVATIONS
D-3.00D-3.00
SCALE
1/8" = 1'-0"1SOUTH ELEVATION
SCALE
1/8" = 1'-0"2NORTH ELEVATION
778
01 - T.O. 1ST FLR. FIN.
4' - 6"
213' - 0"
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
19' - 0"
227' - 6"
03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
30' - 6"
239' - 0"
04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
40' - 6"
249' - 0"
05 - T.O. ROOF SHEATHING
50' - 6"
259' - 0"
06 - T.O. HIGH ROOF
61' - 2"
269' - 8"
207' - 2 1/4"
SITE - PARKING ROAD ELEVATION
EX 02
EX 03
CO 05
CO 08
263' - 5" @ T.O. PARAPETT.O. ROOF FINISH BEYOND
10' - 8"10' - 0"10' - 0"11' - 6"14' - 6"5' - 9 3/4"56' - 8"5' - 9 3/4"62' - 5 3/4"EX 01 EX 01
STUCCO CONTROL JOINT, TYPICAL
(#XJ15 DOUBLE-J EXPANDED FLANGE
CONTROL JOINT, BY CLARK DIETRICH OR EQ.)
MECHANICAL ROOF SCREEN
01 - T.O. 1ST FLR. FIN.
4' - 6"
213' - 0"
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
19' - 0"
227' - 6"
03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
30' - 6"
239' - 0"
04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
40' - 6"
249' - 0"
05 - T.O. ROOF SHEATHING
50' - 6"
259' - 0"
06 - T.O. HIGH ROOF
61' - 2"
269' - 8"
207' - 2 1/4"
SITE - PARKING ROAD ELEVATION
EX 01
EX 02
CO 05
EX 01
CO 05
T.O. ROOF FINISH BEYOND 263' - 5" @ T.O. PARAPET
10' - 8"10' - 0"10' - 0"11' - 6"14' - 6"5' - 9 3/4"56' - 8"5' - 9 3/4"62' - 5 3/4"CO 10
STUCCO CONTROL JOINT, TYPICAL
(#XJ15 DOUBLE-J EXPANDED FLANGE
CONTROL JOINT, BY CLARK DIETRICH OR EQ.)
MECHANICAL ROOF SCREEN
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture.
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
ELEVATIONSELEVATIONS
D-3.01D-3.01
SCALE
1/8" = 1'-0"1EAST ELEVATION
SCALE
1/8" = 1'-0"2WEST ELEVATION
779
01 - T.O. 1ST FLR. FIN.
4' - 6"
213' - 0"
02 - T.O. 2ND FLR. FIN.
19' - 0"
227' - 6"
03 - T.O. 3RD. FLR. FIN.
30' - 6"
239' - 0"
04 - T.O. 4TH FLR. FIN.
40' - 6"
249' - 0"
05 - T.O. ROOF SHEATHING
50' - 6"
259' - 0"
06 - T.O. HIGH ROOF
61' - 2"
269' - 8"
B1 - T.O. BASEMENT
-6' - 2"
202' - 4"
207' - 2 1/4"
SITE - PARKING ROAD ELEVATION
B2 - T.O. TRANSFORMER RM.
-14' - 9"
193' - 9"
ROOF DECKROOF DECK DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
KINGKING DBL QUEENDBL QUEENCORRIDORCORRIDORKINGKING
CORRIDORCORRIDORKINGKING DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
LAUNDRY/LINENLAUNDRY/LINEN
HALLHALLLOUNGELOUNGELOBBY AREALOBBY AREA CORRIDORCORRIDOR
KINGKING CORRIDORCORRIDOR
CORRIDORCORRIDOR
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN
DBL QUEENDBL QUEEN10' - 8"10' - 0"10' - 0"11' - 6"14' - 6"10' - 8"8' - 7"56' - 8"5' - 9 3/4"CORRIDORCORRIDOR 62' - 5 3/4"Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture.
Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/8" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
BUILDING SECTIONBUILDING SECTION
D-4.00D-4.00
SCALE
1/8" = 1'-0"1SECTION
780
FDFD
FD
25' - 3 1/8"27' - 0 3/4"17' - 1"6' - 7"3' - 0"14' - 5 3/4" 5' - 3 1/8"5' - 4 1/8"2' - 10"25' - 4 3/8"8' - 10 1/4"6' - 10"3' - 0"11' - 1 3/8"2' - 10"7' - 1 3/4"Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture.
Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"
Date: 11/06/2025Date: 11/06/2025
PLACENTIA TRU HOTELPLACENTIA TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
ENLARGED GUESTROOM PLANSENLARGED GUESTROOM PLANS
D-5.00D-5.00
SCALE
1/2" = 1'-0"CTYP. ACCESSIBLE GUEST ROOM - DOUBLE QUEENSCALE 1/2" = 1'-0"ATYP. ACCESSIBLE GUEST ROOM - KING SCALE
1/2" = 1'-0"DTYP. GUEST ROOM - DOUBLE QUEENSCALE
1/2" = 1'-0"BTYP. GUEST ROOM - KING
781
Copyright © MAKE Architecture, 2025. This Document is the property of MAKE Architecture and is to be used only in connection the project named herein. Reproduction in whole or in part shall be allowed only with the expressed consent of MAKE Architecture.
Scale:Scale:
Date: 04/17/2025Date: 04/17/2025
PLACENTIAL TRU HOTELPLACENTIAL TRU HOTEL
450 S PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 92870
SPECIFICATIONSSPECIFICATIONS
D-9.00D-9.00
AB8 BLACK
782
783
STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS
PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY OF PLACENTIA
FOR
SHEET INDEX
1.WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE CITY OF PLACENTIA STANDARD PLANS AND THE APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK, CURRENT EDITION). THE STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE THEM ON THE JOB SITE AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION.
2.CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN APPROPRIATE PERMITS AND LICENSES FROM THE CITY OF PLACENTIA AND OTHER GOVERNING JURISDICTIONS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION OR EXCAVATION IN EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAYS OR EASEMENTS.
3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE AT LEAST ONE FULL WORKDAY PRIOR TO START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION.
4.PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION, THE DEVELOPER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING ALL UTILITY AND AFFECTED OIL COMPANIES IN ADDITION TO THE UNDERGROUND SERVICES ALERT (1-800-422-4133) AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED.
5.THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY PIPES OR STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS WERE OBTAINED BY A SEARCH OF THE AVAILABLE RECORDS, BUT NO GUARANTEE IS MADE THAT ALL SUBSTRUCTURES ARE SHOWN OR THAT THE LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE EXACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PROTECT ALL UTILITY LINES INCLUDING THOSE NOT OF RECORD OR NOT SHOWN.
6.ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER PERMITS ISSUED FOR SUCH WORK. AS-BUILT PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.
7.COMPACTION TESTS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL STREETS AND TRENCH CONSTRUCTION (SUBGRADE 90% AND SUB-BASE 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION).
8.UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL COMPACTION SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO STREET PAVING.
9.STREET STRUCTURAL SECTIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY "R" VALUES PROVIDED BY THE SUB-DIVIDER'S SOILS ENGINEER AFTER ROUGH GRADING STRUCTURAL SECTIONS WILL BE COMPUTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
10.PRIME COAT SC-70 SHALL BE APPLIED APPROXIMATELY 12 HOURS PRIOR TO ASPHALT PAVING OPERATIONS.
11.SEAL COAT SS-1 SHALL BE APPLIED TO FINISH ASPHALT SURFACE. APPLICATIONS TO BE A RATE OF 0.10 GALLONS PER SQUARE YARD. SEAL COAT WILL BE APPLIED AT SUCH TIME AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
12.CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM 5-1/2 SACK MIX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN APPROVED PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS.
13.ELEVATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON ORANGE COUNTY SURVEYOR'S BENCHMARK.
14.MONUMENTS SHALL BE SET AND TIES SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF IMPROVEMENTS. TIES AND NOTES SHALL BE LINKED ON ORANGE COUNTY SURVEY PAPER.
15.TRAFFIC CONTROL AND SAFETY SHALL BE MAINTAINED PER "STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, MANUAL OF WARNING SIGNS, LIGHTS, AND DEVICES FOR USE IN WORK ON HIGHWAYS." BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, TRAFFIC SIGNS, OR OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES WILL NOT BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY ENGINEER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR IN ADVANCE OF WHEN SUCH REMOVAL OR RELOCATION WILL TAKE PLACE. APPROPRIATE TEMPORARY, BARRICADES, SIGNS, ETC WILL BE INSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.
16.ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED AND PERPETUATED IN PLACE. ANY DISTURBED OR COVERED MONUMENTS SHALL BE RESET BY THE REGISTERED LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.
THE ELEVATION OF 208.65 ON FOUND SPIKE AND TIN, "DEA CONTROL", PER RS 2015-1060, MAP BOOK 278, PAGE 38 WAS USED FOR THIS SURVEY.
·
·
·
·
·
PREPARED BY:
OFIL
NRCFOETA
T
S
A AINo. C75121
CIVIL
SIGN DATE 10/09/2025
Exp. 12/31/2025
PROJECT SITE
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
4 784
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
4 785
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
4 786
N 73° 32' 00" E
Industrial Way
CL Item #5, #6, #7N 16° 28' 0" W23.21'N 08° 58' 34" W = 46° 54' 08" R = 92.00'
L = 75.31'
= 21° 0' 33"
R = 75.00'
L = 27.50'
21.37'
N 73° 32' 00" E
77.59'
R = 200.00'
= 3
0 °
3 2
'
0 "
L = 106.58'
N 7
5 °
5 6
'
0 "
W
67.0 0
'
Industrial Way
CL
Industrial Way
CL
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
STREET IMPROVEMENT PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
4 787
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 ROUGH GRADING PLANS
PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY OF PLACENTIA
FOR
SHEET INDEX
1.WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE CITY OF PLACENTIA STANDARD PLANS AND THE APWA STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION (GREEN BOOK, CURRENT EDITION). THE STANDARD PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED A PART OF THE IMPROVEMENT PLANS AND CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE THEM ON THE JOB SITE AT THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION.
2.CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN APPROPRIATE PERMITS AND LICENSES FROM THE CITY OF PLACENTIA AND OTHER GOVERNING JURISDICTIONS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION OR EXCAVATION IN EXISTING RIGHT-OF-WAYS OR EASEMENTS.
3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE AT LEAST ONE FULL WORKDAY PRIOR TO START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION.
4.PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION, THE DEVELOPER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING ALL UTILITY AND AFFECTED OIL COMPANIES IN ADDITION TO THE UNDERGROUND SERVICES ALERT (1-800-422-4133) AT LEAST 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF ANY WORK TO BE PERFORMED.
5.THE EXISTENCE AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY PIPES OR STRUCTURES SHOWN ON THESE PLANS WERE OBTAINED BY A SEARCH OF THE AVAILABLE RECORDS, BUT NO GUARANTEE IS MADE THAT ALL SUBSTRUCTURES ARE SHOWN OR THAT THE LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE EXACT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE DUE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PROTECT ALL UTILITY LINES INCLUDING THOSE NOT OF RECORD OR NOT SHOWN.
6.ALL UTILITIES SHALL BE INSTALLED PER PERMITS ISSUED FOR SUCH WORK. AS-BUILT PLANS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE UPON COMPLETION OF WORK.
7.COMPACTION TESTS ARE REQUIRED ON ALL STREETS AND TRENCH CONSTRUCTION (SUBGRADE 90% AND SUB-BASE 95% RELATIVE COMPACTION).
8.UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL COMPACTION SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO STREET PAVING.
9.STREET STRUCTURAL SECTIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY "R" VALUES PROVIDED BY THE SUB-DIVIDER'S SOILS ENGINEER AFTER ROUGH GRADING STRUCTURAL SECTIONS WILL BE COMPUTED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
10.PRIME COAT SC-70 SHALL BE APPLIED APPROXIMATELY 12 HOURS PRIOR TO ASPHALT PAVING OPERATIONS.
11.SEAL COAT SS-1 SHALL BE APPLIED TO FINISH ASPHALT SURFACE. APPLICATIONS TO BE A RATE OF 0.10 GALLONS PER SQUARE YARD. SEAL COAT WILL BE APPLIED AT SUCH TIME AS DETERMINED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
12.CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM 5-1/2 SACK MIX UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN APPROVED PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS.
13.ELEVATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON ORANGE COUNTY SURVEYOR'S BENCHMARK.
14.MONUMENTS SHALL BE SET AND TIES SUBMITTED TO THE CITY ENGINEER'S OFFICE PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF IMPROVEMENTS. TIES AND NOTES SHALL BE LINKED ON ORANGE COUNTY SURVEY PAPER.
15.TRAFFIC CONTROL AND SAFETY SHALL BE MAINTAINED PER "STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION, MANUAL OF WARNING SIGNS, LIGHTS, AND DEVICES FOR USE IN WORK ON HIGHWAYS." BARRICADES, WARNING SIGNS, TRAFFIC SIGNS, OR OTHER TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES WILL NOT BE REMOVED OR RELOCATED WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE CITY ENGINEER OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY THE CITY INSPECTOR IN ADVANCE OF WHEN SUCH REMOVAL OR RELOCATION WILL TAKE PLACE. APPROPRIATE TEMPORARY, BARRICADES, SIGNS, ETC WILL BE INSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.
16.ALL SURVEY MONUMENTS SHALL BE PROTECTED AND PERPETUATED IN PLACE. ANY DISTURBED OR COVERED MONUMENTS SHALL BE RESET BY THE REGISTERED LICENSED CIVIL ENGINEER AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CITY ENGINEER.
THE ELEVATION OF 208.65 ON FOUND SPIKE AND TIN, "DEA CONTROL", PER RS 2015-1060, MAP BOOK 278, PAGE 38 WAS USED FOR THIS SURVEY.
·
·
·
·
·
1.In case of emergency call_________________, at _________________, 24 hours.
2.The undersigned civil engineer has reviewed the erosion control requirements described below:___________________________ ____________________
Civil engineer Date
3.A standby crew for emergency work shall be available at all times during the rainy season, (October 1st through April 15). Necessary materials shall be available onsite and stockpiled at convenient locations to facilitate rapid construction of temporary devices or to repair any damaged erosion control measures when rain is imminent.
4.Erosion control devices shall not be removed or modified without the approval of the building official.
5.After rainstorm, all silt and debris shall be removed from check berms and de-silting basins. Any graded slope surface protection measures damaged during a rainstorm shall also be immediately repaired.
6.Graded areas adjacent to fill slopes located at the site perimeter must drain away from the top of slope at the conclusion of each working day. All loose soils and debris that may create a potential hazard to off-site property shall be stabilized or removed from the site on a daily basis.
7.A guard shall be posted on the site whenever the depth of water in any device exceeds two (2) feet. Device shall be drained or pumped dry within 24 hours after each rain storm. Pumping and draining of all basins and drainage devices must comply with the appropriate BMP for dewatering operations.
8.Sand bags shall not be placed at contractor's access to the site. Contractor access location to be approved by the city engineer.
9.De-silting basins may not be removed or made inoperable between October 1st and April 15 of the following year without the approval of the City Engineer.
10.Storm water pollution and erosion control devices are to be modified, as needed, as the project progresses, the design and placement of these devices is the responsibility of the design engineer. Plans representing changes must be submitted to the City Engineer for approval.
11.Every effort should be made to eliminate the discharge of non-storm water from the project site at all times.
12.Eroded sediments and other pollutants must be retained on site and may not be transported from the site via sheet flow, swales, area drains, natural drainage courses, or wind.
13.Stockpiles of earth and other construction related materials must be protected from being transported from the site by the forces of wind or water.
14.Fuels, oils, solvents, and other toxic materials must be stored in accordance with their listing and are not to contaminate the soils and surface waters.
All approved storage containers are to be protected from the weather. Spills must be cleaned up immediately and disposed of in a proper manner.
Spills may not be washed into the drainage system.
15.Excess or waste concrete may not be washed into the public way or any other drainage system. Provisions shall be made to retain concrete wastes on site until they can be disposed of as solid waste.
16.Developers/contractors are responsible to inspect all erosion control devices and BMP's are installed and functioning properly before and after 0.25 inches or greater predicted or actual precipitation. A construction site inspection check list and inspection log shall be maintained at the project site at all times and available for review by the City Engineer.
17.Trash and construction related wastes must be deposited into a covered receptacle to prevent contamination of rainwater and dispersal by wind.
18.Sediments and other materials may not be tracked from the site by vehicle traffic. The construction entrance roadways must be stabilized so as to inhibit sediments from being deposited into the public way. Accidental depositions must be swept up immediately and may not be washed down by rain or other means.
19.Any slopes with disturbed soils or denuded of vegetation must be stabilized so as to inhibit erosion by wind and water.
20.The following notes must be on the plan, signed and dated:
As the project owner or authorized agent of the owner, I have read and understand the requirements to control storm water pollution from sediments, erosion, and construction materials, and I certify that I will comply with these requirements. I or my representatives, contractor, developer, or engineer will make certain that all BMP shown on this plan will be fully implemented, and all erosion control devices will be kept clean and functioning. Periodic inspections of the BMP's will be conducted and a current log, specifying the exact nature of the inspection and nay remedial measures, will be kept at the construction site at all times and will be available for the review by the City Engineer.
As the project owner or authorized agent of the owner, “I certify that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gather and evaluate the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, to the best of my knowledge and belief, the information submitted is true, accurate, and complete. I am aware that submitting false and/or inaccurate information, failing to update the local SWPPP to reflect current conditions, or failing to properly and/or adequately implement the local SWPPP may result in revocation of grading and/or other permits or other sanctions provided by law.” (Signature)
Owner's Name __________________ Date:_____________________ As the architect/engineer of record, I have selected appropriate BMP's to effectively minimize the negative impacts of this project's construction activities on storm water quality. The project owner and contractor are aware that the selected BMP's must be installed, monitored, and maintained to ensure their effectiveness. The BMP's not selected for implementation are redundant or deemed not applicable to the proposed construction activity. (Signature)
Architect/engineer name Lic. No.________________ Date:________________ Show list of applicable BMP's
(Per California Storm water Handbook)
1.Grading shall be in conformance with City of Placentia Grading Ordinance Chapter 20.40, and APWA Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (Green Book), Section 300.
2.Grading operations shall be in conformance with those recommended in the soils report.
3.A pre-grading conference will be held prior to start of any work on this plan. A time and place shall be specified by applicant at the time of Grading Permit issuance.
4.Vegetation, structural removal, concrete slabs and other surface or subsurface constructions shall be removed from the site prior to grading. Tree basins shall be cleaned out and inspected by Soils Engineer prior to grading. Irrigation lines and appurtenances shall be removed, crushed in place, or relocated as applicable to satisfaction of City Engineer and Chief Building Official.
5.Dirt tracked onto existing street shall be removed daily to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
6.Construction of all block masonry walls, including retainer walls, both interior and exterior shall be constructed by permit from City Building Official and will conform to City Standards, Specifications and Requirements. Wall contractor will contact Development Services Department prior to starting construction of walls for approval of building material.
7.Prior to issuance of building permit or construction of building foundations, the pad grading, compaction and elevations shall be verified in writing to the Chief Building Official by the Soils Engineer and Design Engineer.
8.Final Compaction and Grading Certification: Prior to final inspection and approval for release of building, the lot grading, compaction and elevations shall be verified in writing to the City Chief Building Official by the Soils Engineer and Design Engineer.
9.All slopes, cut or fill, shall be maximum of 2:1.
10.Minimum surface grades shall be as follows:
a.Concrete Structures - .35%.
b.Asphalt Structures - 1.00% for 100 feet or less and 2.00% for over 100 feet. c.Lot drainage swales (dirt) - 1.00% for 100 feet or less and 2.00% for over 100 feet. d.Drainage away from building pads - 2.00 %.
11.Grading construction shall be carried on between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:30 p.m. unless other hours approved by the City Engineer.
12.Construction sites shall be maintained in such a condition that an anticipated storm does not carry wastes or pollutants off the site.
13.Discharges of material other than storm water are allowed only when necessary for performance and completion of construction practices and where they do not:
cause or contribute to a violation of any water quality standard; cause or threaten to cause pollution, contamination, or nuisance; or contain a hazardous substance in a quantity reportable under Federal Regulations 40 CFR Parts 117 and 302.
14.Potential pollutants include but are not limited to: solid or liquid chemical spills; wastes from paints, stains, sealants, glues, limes, pesticides, herbicides, wood preservatives and solvents; asbestos fibers, paint flakes or stucco fragments; fuels, oils, lubricants, and hydraulic, radiator or battery fluids; fertilizers, vehicle/equipment wash water and concrete wash water; concrete, detergent or floatable wastes; wastes from any engine/ equipment steam cleaning or chemical degreasing; and superchlorinated potable water line flushings.
15.During construction, disposal or such materials should occur in a specified and controlled temporary area on-site, physically separated from potential storm water run-off, with ultimate disposal in accordance with local, state and federal requirements.
16.Dewatering of contaminated groundwater, or discharging contaminated soils via surface erosion is prohibited. Dewatering or non-contaminated groundwater requires a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System Permit from the respective State Regional Water Quality Control Board.
17.Roof drainage or other concentrated drainage shall be controlled by pipe, culvert or other structures to not drain over the public sidewalk areas.
18.Grading and construction work must comply with the provisions and requirements of City of Placentia Flood Plain District Ordinance No. 80-0-100, Title 21 of the Municipal Code.
19.“Handicapped” requirements shall be complied with. Provide parking (14' wide) facilities and “handicapped” ramp to primary (front) entrance at maximum slope of 1:12.
20.Developer shall comply with the provisions of Section 8771 of the Business and Professions Code.
21.The contractor shall obtain all necessary permits and shall notify the City Engineer, (714) 993-8131, at least 48 hours prior to start of construction in order to schedule a pre-grading site conference, and thereafter notify the city at least 24 hours prior to each of the following inspections:
22.Initial inspection: When the site has been cleared of vegetation and all unapproved fill and has been removed and bottoms exposed.
23.Rough grading inspection: When rough site grading completed, and building pad has been manufactured to grade. Final compaction report prepared by the project soil engineer and a rough grading certificate prepared by the project design civil engineer will be required at the time of this inspection.
24.Drainage device inspection: After placing all base material, and forms for all drainage devices have been placed, and before any concrete or site paving material has been placed.
25.Final grading inspection: After all drainage devices and site paving, and landscaping is in place. Final grade certification prepared by the project design civil engineer will be required at the time of this inspection.
26.The soil engineer shall provide sufficient inspection during the preparation, placement, and compaction of the site. The soil engineer shall submit to the City Engineer, written inspection progress reports and a final compaction report certifying that all grading and compaction was performed in accordance with the recommendations of the soil report, the approved plans, and all applicable code requirements.
27.The design civil engineer shall furnish grade sheets to the City Engineer, for the construction of all on-site improvements.
28.The design engineer shall exercise sufficient supervisory control during the grading and construction to insure compliance with the plans, specifications, and code within his purview.
29.Structural section for all pavements to be placed shall be determined by the soil engineer, and approved by the City Engineer prior to construction.
30.All public roadways shall be cleaned daily of all dirt, mud and debris deposited on them as a result of the grading operation. Cleaning of the public right-of-way shall be performed to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
31.Dust shall be controlled at all times by water unless otherwise directed by the City Engineer.
32.Sanitary facilities shall be maintained on the site.
33.Approved protective measures and temporary drainage provisions must be used to protect adjoining properties during the grading operation.
34.The location and protection of all utilities is the responsibility of the permittee.
35.All on-site utilities shall be installed underground prior to paving; all trenches shall be fully compacted, tested and certified to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
36.Design engineer shall certify that pad elevations are per the approved grading plan or approved revised grading plan.
37.Prior to final grading approval, the design civil engineer shall certify to the City Engineer actual earth quantities performed during the grading operation.
38.A rough grading certification and final compaction report must be submitted to and approved by the City Engineer prior to issuance of any building permits.
39.Proposed grading to begin______________________19_____, to be completed by__________________________, 19______.
40.All existing pavement within this project shall either be removed or structurally tested to verify the structural capabilities and the results shall be approved by the City Engineer.
41.Compaction tests shall be performed by the soil engineer as directed by the City Engineer.
42.All existing improvement including curb and gutters, sidewalks, asphalt paving or PCC paving, which are being joined or matched in connection with this project, shall be joined or matched in a manner satisfactory to the City Engineer, including necessary saw cutting, removal replacement and capping.
43.A separate public works permit is required for any work in the public right-of-way. All work within the public right-of-way shall be properly posed, delineated, and lighted in conformance with the state of California manual of traffic controls for construction and maintenance work zones, latest edition. All excavations in the streets shall be covered with metal plates and sealed all around with minimum 4" wide asphalt at the end of each working day.
44.Construction site shall be maintained in such a condition that an anticipated storm does not carry wastes or pollutants off the site.
45.Dewatering of contaminated groundwater, or discharging contaminated soil via surface erosion is prohibited. Dewatering of non-contaminated groundwater requires a national discharge elimination system (NPDES) permit from the respective state regional water quality control board.
46.The contractor shall determine the true location of any underground utility prior to laying any lines which are to connect to existing sewers or storm drains. These lines shall be exposed and join elevations verified. Any change or deviation from the plans must be approved by the City Engineer.
47.All recommendations contained in the approved preliminary soil report prepared for this project by_______________________, ___________________, dated_______________________, shall be a part of approval of this plan. Contractor shall adhere to all provisions and recommendations, along with all approved revisions, of the soil report.
48.Special notice to contractors: approval of these plans by the city of Placentia does not constitute a warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of the location or existence or non-existence of any underground conduit or structures within the limits of this project. The contractor shall be solely responsible for the protection of all existing utility lines or structures, whether they are of record or not.
49.After completion of the final grading and all installation of all of the underground utilities, as-built plans with red-marks shall be provided to the City in the AutoCAD format in addition to hard copies.
50.Contractor shall contact- underground service alert-USA 1-800-422-4133 at least two working days before performing any excavations.
PREPARED BY:
OFIL
NRCFOETA
T
S
A AINo. C75121
CIVIL
SIGN DATE 10/09/2025
Exp. 12/31/2025
PROJECT SITE
788
N 73° 32' 00" ES. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way
CL
Item #2 Item #4
Item #5, #6, #7N 16° 28' 0" W23.21'N 08° 58' 34" W125.75'N 81° 01' 30" E 95.17'N 14° 25' 32" E32.50'N 81° 01' 36" E
16.34'N 14° 25' 32" E64.93' = 45° 02' 58"
R = 46.00'
L = 36.17'
= 46° 54' 08"
R = 92.00'
L = 75.31'
= 21° 0' 33"
R = 75.00'
L = 27.50'
21.37'
N 73° 32' 00" E
77.59'
R = 200.00'
= 3
0 °
3 2
'
0 "
L = 106.58'
N 7
5 °
5 6
'
0 "
W
67.0 0
'N 14° 26' 23" E171.50'CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 789
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 790
UPDNIndustrial WayCLS. Placentia Avenue CLA5
1101CITY OF PLACENTIASHEET OFDRAWING NO.APP'D DATEREVISIONDESCRIPTIONPLACENTIA HOTELCITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756DATEOWN BY.NO.E.O.R.DATEROUGH GRADING PLANSUTILITY PLANS:REFERENCESSTANDARD PLANS:SEWER PLANS:BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)RecommendedAPPROVEDPrepared under the supervision of450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.PLACENTIA, CA 82870Drawn by: WTR.C.E. No. C75121Checked by: WSFRANK LAROCCA10791
CITY OF PLACENTIASHEET OFDRAWING NO.APP'D DATEREVISIONDESCRIPTIONPLACENTIA HOTELCITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756DATEOWN BY.NO.E.O.R.DATEROUGH GRADING PLANSUTILITY PLANS:REFERENCESSTANDARD PLANS:SEWER PLANS:BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)RecommendedAPPROVEDPrepared under the supervision of450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.PLACENTIA, CA 82870Drawn by: WTR.C.E. No. C75121Checked by: WSFRANK LAROCCA10792
S. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way
CL N 16° 28' 0" W23.21'N 08° 58' 34" W125.75'N 81° 01' 30" E 95.17' N 73° 32' 00" E
77.59'
R = 200.00'
= 3
0 °
3 2
'
0 "
L = 106.58'
N 7
5 °
5 6
'
0 "
W
67.0 0
'
FD
DN
FD
Industrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLCITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 793
UP
DN
DN
FD
DN
FD
Industrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLS. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way CL N 16° 28' 0" W23.21'N 08° 58' 34" W125.75'N 81° 01' 30" E 95.17' N 73° 32' 00" E
77.59'
R = 200.00'
= 3
0 °
3 2
'
0 "
L = 106.58'
N 7
5 °
5 6
'
0 "
W
67.0 0
'171.50'CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 794
CITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF
DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 795
UP
DN
DN
FD
DN
FD
Industrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way
CLS. Placentia AvenueCLS. Placentia AvenueCLIndustrial Way CL N 16° 28' 0" W23.21'N 08° 58' 34" W125.75'N 81° 01' 30" E 95.17' N 73° 32' 00" E
77.59'
R = 200.00'
= 3
0 °
3 2
'
0 "
L = 106.58'
N 7
5 °
5 6
'
0 "
W
67.0 0
'171.50'Industrial WayN 16° 28' 0" WCITY OF PLACENTIA SHEET OF DRAWING NO.
APP'D DATE
REVISION
DESCRIPTION PLACENTIA HOTEL
CITY ENGINEER R.C.E. #C82756
DATE OWN BY.NO.
E.O.R.
DATE
ROUGH GRADING PLANS
UTILITY PLANS:
REFERENCES
STANDARD PLANS:
SEWER PLANS:
BENCH MARK: (SEE AT LEFT)
Recommended
APPROVED
Prepared under the supervision of
450 S. PLACENTIA AVE.
PLACENTIA, CA 82870
Drawn by: WT
R.C.E. No. C75121
Checked by: WS
FRANK LAROCCA
10 796
UPDNDNDNNORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8416Chamaerops humilis cerifera 'SilverSelect'Agave x 'Blue Flame'Agave desmetiana 'Variegata'Aeonium simsiiEuphorbia lambiiLomandra confertifolia 'Seascape'Agave x 'Blue Glow'Dracaena dracoParkinsonia aculeataAgave attenuata 'Nova'Senecio serpensPennisetum spathiolatumYucca rostrataCrassula arborescens `Silver Dollar`Yucca rostrataDIAL TOLL FREE1-800-422-4133AT LEAST TWO DAYSBEFORE YOU DIGUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAREVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLP-1.0FIRST FLOORPLANTINGPLAN797
PLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORRL9 6 2
4 2
4 DNUPUPFDFDFDLINE OF OVERHANGPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORRL602442RL1082442Brahea armataLaurus nobilisMascagnia macropteraPlantersNORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8416Fire-table and Outdoor FurniturePrivacy Screen3'-0"Lomandra longifolia 'Breeze'Agave attenuata 'Nova'3'-0"Agave x 'Blue Glow'Laurus nobilisDIAL TOLL FREE1-800-422-4133AT LEAST TWO DAYSBEFORE YOU DIGUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAREVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLP-1.1SECOND FLOORPLANTINGPLAN798
SYMBOLCODEBOTANICAL / COMMON NAMESIZECONTAINERPF (WUCOLS)H&W @ MATURITYCANOPYQTYTREESDRA DRADRACAENA DRACO / DRAGON TREE24"BOX0.212' X 6'6'1EUP EUPEUPHORBIA LAMBII / TREE EUPHORBIA15 GAL.POT0.26' X 4'4'1PAR ACUPARKINSONIA ACULEATA / MEXICAN PALO VERDE48"BOX0.210' X 20'10'1YUC ROSYUCCA ROSTRATA / BEAKED YUCCA24"BOX0.28' X 5'5'3PALM TREESBRA ARMBRAHEA ARMATA / MEXICAN BLUE PALM10` BTHBOX0.220' X 6'6'7CHA SSLCHAMAEROPS HUMILIS CERIFERA 'SILVER SELECT' /SILVER MEDITERRANEAN FAN PALM15` BTHBOX0.28' X 6'8'2SYMBOLCODEBOTANICAL / COMMON NAMESIZECONTAINERWUCOLSH&W @ MATURITYSPACINGQTYSHRUBSAGA NOVAGAVE ATTENUATA 'NOVA' / NOVA FOXTAIL AGAVE5 GAL.POT0.22.5' X 3'30" o.c.16AGA DMVAGAVE DESMETIANA 'VARIEGATA' / VARIEGATEDSMOOTH AGAVE5 GAL.POT0.23' X 3'24" o.c.14AGA BLFAGAVE X 'BLUE FLAME' / BLUE FLAME AGAVE5 GAL.POT0.23' X 3'30" o.c.9AGA BLGAGAVE X 'BLUE GLOW' / BLUE GLOW AGAVE5 GAL.BOX0.22' X 2.5'24" o.c.18BAC TWIBACCHARIS PILULARIS `TWIN PEAKS #2` / TWINPEAKS #2 COYOTE BRUSH5 GAL.POT0.22' X 4'36" o.c.4CRA SILCRASSULA ARBORESCENS `SILVER DOLLAR` /SILVER DOLLAR JADE15 GAL.POT0.23' X 3'24" o.c.22JUN ELKJUNCUS PATENS 'ELK BLUE' / SPREADING RUSH1 GAL.POT0.22' X 2'18" o.c.15LOM SEALOMANDRA CONFERTIFOLIA 'SEASCAPE' /SEASCAPE MAT RUSH1 GAL.POT0.51.5' X 2.5'24" o.c.28LOM IRALOMANDRA LONGIFOLIA 'BREEZE' / BREEZE™ MATRUSH1 GAL.POT0.22' X 2'24" o.c.4PEN SPAPENNISETUM SPATHIOLATUM / SLENDER VELDTGRASS1 GAL.POT0.21' X 1'12" o.c.148PEN FA5PENNISETUM X 'FAIRY TAILS' / FAIRY TAILSFOUNTAIN GRASS5 GAL.POT0.52' X 2'24" o.c.40HEDGESLAU NOBLAURUS NOBILIS / SWEET BAY24"BOX0.225' X 4'36" o.c.21VINE/ESPALIERMAS MACMASCAGNIA MACROPTERA / YELLOW ORCHID VINE15 GAL.POT0.2CLIMBING / SPREADING48" o.c.4SYMBOLCODEBOTANICAL / COMMON NAMESIZECONTAINERPF (WUCOL)H&W @ MATURITYSPACINGQTYGROUND COVERSAEO SIMAEONIUM SIMSII / GROUNDCOVER AEONIUM4"POT0.212" X SPREADING8" o.c.525SEN SERSENECIO SERPENS / BLUE CHALKSTICKS1 GAL.POT0.212" X SPREADING8" o.c.491PLANT SCHEDULEA.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ALL SITECONDITIONS WHICH PREVENT INSTALLATION PER PLANS ANDSPECIFICATIONS.B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE LIABLE FOR REMOVING AND REINSTALLING ALLIRRIGATION EQUIPMENT, AND REPLANTING AREAS WHICH ARE NOTINSTALLED PER PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS.C.THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED AND TESTED PRIOR TO PLANTMATERIALS.D.TREES AND SHRUBS SHALL BE PLANTED AFTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT, BUTNOT BEFORE THE IRRIGATION COVERAGE TEST HAS BEEN APPROVED(REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS).E.PLACE TREES BETWEEN IRRIGATION HEADS WHEREVER POSSIBLE.F.INSTALL SHREDDED MULCH IN ALL SHRUB AND GROUNDCOVER AREAS AT ADEPTH OF 3" UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON THE PLANS.G.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL REPAIRS AND/ORREPLACEMENT OF ANY DAMAGED LANDSCAPE AREAS BEYOND THE LIMIT OFWORK, AS A DIRECT RESULT OF THE LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION BY THECONTRACTOR AND/OR BY HIS SUB-CONTRACTOR. REPLACEMENT ITEMSSHALL BE AN EXACT DUPLICATE OF THE ORIGINAL WORK, UNLESSOTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT.H.CLEAN-UP SHALL TAKE PLACE ON A DAILY BASIS UNLESS OTHERWISEAPPROVED BY THE OWNER.I.THE PLANTING PLANS ARE ONLY ACCURATE FOR THE PLANTING LOCATIONAND PLANT SIZE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL QUANTITIES BY PLANCHECK.PLANTING NOTESREVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLP-2.0PLANTINGLEGEND1/8"=1'-0"1.TYPICAL GROUND COVER PLANTED ATNURSERY LEVEL2.MIN 2"MULCH3.FINISH GRADE4.6" DEPTH5.3"-4"PLANTING SOIL MIXED 50/50 WITHNATIVE SOIL OR NATIVE SOIL AMENDEDWITH 25 % MIN DECOMPOSED ORGANICMULCH AMENDMENT6.SCARIFIED SUBGRADE7.SPACING VARIES SEE LANDSCAPEDRAWINGS8.CONTINUOUS OUTER ROW AT X FEET ONCENTER. 2/3X FEET SETBACK FROM EDGEOF PLANTING BED WITH TRIANGULARSPACING INSIDE BED (TYP)9.EDGE OF PLANTING BED OR PAVEMENTFORAREASPACINGADJUSTMENTXXXX =RECOMMENDED SPACING (SEE LANDSCAPE DETAIL ON DRAWING) =ACTUAL PLANT LOCATIONS 2/3 X (TYP.)1234567LEGEND89NOTES:A.INSTALLATION INCLUDES REMOVAL OFSTAKES ONE YEAR AFTERINSTALLATIONB.SHAPE SOIL SURFACE TO PROVIDE 3'DIAMETER WATERING RINGC.TREE CLEARANCES SHALL BE PERPLAN2'-0" MIN2'-0" MIN1'-6"SEENOTE21234567891011121314151.STAKE TREE WITH (2) TREATED 2"Ø LODGEPOLE PINEDOWELED TREE STAKES (8'-0" LENGTH)2.LOOP EACH TIE AROUND HALF TREE LOOSELY TO PROVIDE 1"SLACK FOR TRUNK GROWTH "CHAINLOCK" OR EQUAL TREETIE MATERIAL (1" WIDTH) NAIL OR STAPLE TREE TIE MATERIALTO STAKE TO HOLD VERTICALLY. LOOP EACH TIE AROUNDHALF TREE LOOSELY TO PROVIDE 1" SLACK FOR TRUNKGROWTH3.2"-3" MULCH DEPTH (TAPERED AT TRUNK) MULCH TREE PIT MIN5'-0" LENGTH FULL PLANTING STRIP WIDTH BETWEEN CURBAND SIDEWALK (FOR PLANTING STRIPS LESS THAN 6'-0"WIDE).PROVIDE 5'-0"Ø MULCH RING FOR PLANTING STRIPS WIDERTHAN 6'-0"4.SIDEWALK5.ROUGHEN SIDES OF PLANTING HOLE MAXIMIZE EXCAVATEDAREA WITHOUT UNDERMINING ADJACENT PAVING/CURB6.18" DEEP ROOT BARRIER (TYP. WITHIN 10' OF PAVING7.REMOVE ALL WOOD, WIRE AND STRING, FROM TOP 2/3 OFROOTBALL8.NATIVE BACKFILL SOIL AMENDMENT WITH 25% (@1/3 CU YD)DECOMPOSED ORGANIC MULCH AMENDMENT FOR ENTIRETREE PIT AREA X ROOTBALL DEPTH9.UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE (PROVIDES FIRM BASE SO THATROOTBALL WILL NOT SINK)10.SET TOP OF ROOT CROWN 2" ABOVE ADJACENT CURB &SIDEWALK GRADE11.DRIVE STAKE AT ROOTBALL EDGE (TYP)12.TREE PIT DEPTH = ROOTBALL DEPTH (MEASURE BEFOREDIGGING TO AVOID OVEREXCAVATION)13.DRIVE STAKES 6" TO 1'-0" INTO UNDISTURBED SOIL BELOWROOTBALL14.MIN WIDTH OF TREE PIT=2 TIMES ROOTBALL DIAMETER OR5'-0", WHICHEVER IS GREATER15.MULCH AREA TO BE CLEAR OF GRASS, WEEDS, ETC. TOREDUCE COMPETITION WITH TREE ROOTSLEGENDROOTBALL + 1'-0"MIN. ALL SIDESROOTBALL DEPTH 123457891.B&B OR CONTAINERIZED SHRUB (TYP)2.SET ALL PLANTS AT NURSERY LEVEL (TYP)3.MIN 2"-3" OF MULCH4.SHRUB PLANTING PIT PREPARATION =ROOTBALL DEPTH & WIDTH PLUS 1'-0"ADDITIONAL ALL SIDES5.FINISH GRADE6.ADDITIONAL PLANTING AREA PREPARATIONPER DRAWINGS7.REMOVE CONTAINER COMPLETELY OR REMOVEBURLAP FROM TOP 2/3 OF ROOTBALL. REMOVEALL WIRE AND STRING8.NATIVE BACKFILL SOIL AMENDED WITH 25%DECOMPOSED ORGANIC MULCH AMMENDMENT9.UNDISTURBED SUBGRADE (PROVIDES FIRMBASE SO THAT ROOTBALL WILL NOTLEGEND1SHRUB PLANTING DETAILNOT TO SCALE2TREE PLANTING AND STAKING DETAILNOT TO SCALE3GROUNDCOVER AND SHRUB PLANTING /SPACING DETAIL NOT TO SCALE1.TYPICAL PLANT, SPACINIGVARIES-SEE PLANT LEGEND ANDPLANS2.'INFILL' PLANT, AS REQUIRED TOMAINTAIN SPACING ATIRREGULAR EDGES NOTE:STABILIZED INFIELD MIXDECOMPOSED GRANITE TO BEUSED ONLY AREAS PLANTEDWITH GRASS.3.WEED BARRIER4.SEE SPECIFICATIONS ROOTBALL5.90% COMPACTED SUBGRADELEGEND5GRASS PLANTING NOT TO SCALE“All shrub areas shall be underplanted withground cover listed foreach planted area on the plan and allgroundcover shall be planted twelve (12)inches on center, minimum and shall betriangularly spaced”.1COLUMN OR POST.12LEAN NURSERY STAKE AGAINST THE POST. STAKE TO BEREMOVED AT THE END OF THE MAINTENANCE (WARRANTY)PERIOD AFTER THE VINE HAS ATTACHED TO THE WALL.23VINE.34ROOT BALL.454" X 8" WIDE ROUND - TOPPED SOIL BERM ABOVE ROOTBALL SURFACE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AROUND THEROOT BALL. BERM SHALL BEGIN AT ROOT BALL PERIPHERY.56PRIOR TO MULCHING, LIGHTLY TAMP SOIL AROUND THEROOT BALL IN 6" LIFTS TO BRACE SHRUB. DO NOT OVERCOMPACT. WHEN THE PLANTING HOLE HAS BEENBACKFILLED, POUR WATER AROUND THE ROOT BALL TOSETTLE THE SOIL.674" LAYER OF MULCH. NO MORE THAN 1" OF MULCH ONTHE TOP OF THE ROOT BALL. (SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR MULCH).78PLANTER89MIN. 6" OF LIGHT WEIGHT DRAINAGE GRAVEL910PAVEMENT.104VINE PLANTINGNOT TO SCALE799
UPDNDNFDDNFDBFMFSM34"12"12"12"12"12"12"34"12"1"CRC10.711"29.141"33.51"40.51"ECFDIAL TOLL FREE1-800-422-4133AT LEAST TWO DAYSBEFORE YOU DIGUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIANORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8'4'16'REVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLI-1.0IRRIGATIONPLAN0"=1'-0"SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYPSIDETAILHUNTER PROS-00-MSBNMULTI-STREAM BUBBLER, FIXED RISER, 25=.25 GPM, 50=0.5GPM, 10=1.0 GPM, 20=2.0 GPM.143010/LI-2.0SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYDETAILNETAFIM LVCZ10075-HFHP 1"PRE-ASSEMBLED CONTROL ZONE KIT, WITH 1IN. SERIES 80CONTROL VALVE, 3/4IN. DISC FILTER, AND HIGH FLOWPRESSURE REGULATOR 4.5GPM TO 17.6GPM.21/LI-2.1NETAFIM LVCZS8010075-LF 1"PRE-ASSEMBLED CONTROL ZONE KIT, WITH 1IN. SERIES 80CONTROL VALVE, 3/4IN. DISC FILTER, AND LOW FLOWPRESSURE REGULATOR 0.25GPM-4.4GPM21/LI-2.1NETAFIM TLFV-1AUTOMATIC FLUSH VALVE, WITH INSERT INLET13/LI-2.1HUNTER ECO-IDECO-ID: 1/2IN. FPT CONNECTION WITH 12 PSI-70 PSIOPERATING PRESSURE. SPECIFY WITH HUNTER SJ SWINGJOINT.14/LI-2.1AREA TO RECEIVE DRIPLINENETAFIM TLHCVXR-CS-053-12TECHLINE HCVXR-CS PRESSURE COMPENSATINGLANDSCAPE DRIPLINE WITH COPPER STRIPE, CHECKVALVE AND ANTI-SIPHON FEATURE. 0.53 GPH EMITTERS AT12" O.C. DRIPLINE LATERALS SPACED AT 12" APART, WITHEMITTERS OFFSET FOR TRIANGULAR PATTERN. 17MM.1,580 LF2/LI-2.1SYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYDETAILHUNTER PGV-100A 1"1IN. PLASTIC ELECTRIC REMOTE CONTROL VALVE, FORRESIDENTIAL/LIGHT COMMERCIAL USE. FEMALE NPTINLET/OUTLET. ANGLE CONFIGURATION, NO FLOWCONTROL.28/LI-2.0HUNTER HQ-33DLRC 3/4"QUICK COUPLER VALVE, YELLOW LOCKING RUBBERCOVER, RED BRASS AND STAINLESS STEEL, WITH 3/4IN.NPT INLET, 2-PIECE BODY.4SUPERIOR 3100-PRS 1"NORMALLY OPEN BRASS MASTER VALVE THAT PROVIDESDIRTY WATER PROTECTION. AVAILABLE IN 3/4IN., 1IN.,1-1/4IN., 1-1/2IN., 2IN., 2-1/2IN., AND 3IN.. PRESSUREREGULATION FEATURE.12/LI-2.0FEBCO 825Y 1"REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER11/LI-2.0HUNTER PHC-1200WI-FI ENABLED, FULL-FUNCTIONING CONTROLLER WITHTOUCHSCREEN, 12-STATION FIXED CONTROLLER, 120 VAC,OUTDOOR MODEL.16/LI-2.0HUNTER RAIN-CLIKRAIN SENSOR, WITH CONDUIT INSTALLATION, MOUNT ASNOTED. NORMALLY CLOSED SWITCH.17/LI-2.0CREATIVE SENSOR TECHNOLOGY FSI-T10-0011IN. PVC TEE TYPE FLOW SENSOR W/SOCKET ENDS,CUSTOM MOUNTING TEE AND ULTRA-LIGHTWEIGHTIMPELLER ENHANCES LOW FLOW MEASUREMENT. 2 WIREDIGITAL OUTPUT COMPATIBLE W/ALL IRRIGATIONCONTROLLERS. FLOW RANGE: .86 GPM - 52 GPM.13/LI-2.0WATER METER 1"11950 RIVERSIDE DR PRESSURE RANGE:HIGH PRESSURE: 99PSILOW PRESSURE: 76PSIEXISTING METER SIZE: 1" DOMESTICSAMUEL MALDONADOENGINEERING DESIGNERLOS ANGELES DEPARTMENT OF WATER AND POWERWATER DISTRIBUTION ENGINEERING | EAST VALLEYDISTRICT(213) 367-1243 | [email protected] LATERAL LINE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 1/2"607.8 LFIRRIGATION LATERAL LINE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 3/4"27.6 LFIRRIGATION LATERAL LINE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 1"4.2 LFIRRIGATION MAINLINE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 1"4.0 LFIRRIGATION MAINLINE: PVC SCHEDULE 40 1 1/4"22.6 LFIRRIGATION MAINLINE: TYPE K COPPER PIPE130.5 LFPIPE SLEEVE: PVC SCHEDULE 4055.8 LF20F10F10H50H50Q25QFECMBFCRCFSMValve NumberValve FlowValve SizeValve Callout###"IRRIGATION SCHEDULEPOINT OF CONNECTION MAINPRESSURE LINE FROM1ST FLOOR“All irrigation system components shall complywith the California Plumbing Code, latestadopted edition and all City of Placentia codes,permits and inspection procedures shallbe complied with.”800
PLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORRL9 6 2
4 2
4 DNUPUPFDFDFDFDFDFDFDLINE OF OVERHANGPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORPLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORRL602442RL108244212"12"52.61"61.431"DIAL TOLL FREE1-800-422-4133AT LEAST TWO DAYSBEFORE YOU DIGUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAA.THE IRRIGATION PLAN IS DIAGRAMMATIC. ALL PIPE, VALVES, ETC. SHOWNWITHIN PAVED AREAS ARE FOR PLAN CLARIFICATION ONLY AND SHALL BEINSTALLED WITHIN PLANTING AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE.B.DO NOT WILLFULLY INSTALL THE IRRIGATION SYSTEM AS INDICATED ON THEDRAWINGS WHEN IT IS OBVIOUS IN THE FIELD THAT UNKNOWNOBSTRUCTIONS OR GRADE DIFFERENCES EXIST AND SHOULD BE BROUGHTTO THE ATTENTION OF THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT. IN THE EVENT THATTHIS NOTIFICATION IS NOT PERFORMED, THE CONTRACTOR MUST ASSUMEFULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR REVISIONS NECESSARY.C.SYSTEM DESIGN IS BASED ON MINIMUM OPERATING PRESSURE SHOWN ATEACH POINT OF CONNECTION WITH MAXIMUM GPM DEMAND SPECIFIED. THEIRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL PRESSURES ON SITE PRIOR TOCONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT OF ANYDISCREPANCIES.D.IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR TO FAMILIARIZEHIMSELF WITH ALL GRADE DIFFERENCES, SLOPES, LOCATION OF WALLS,RETAINING WALLS, CURBS, ETC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALLWORK WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND OTHER SUBCONTRACTORSFOR THE LOCATION OF PIPE SLEEVES THROUGH WALLS AND FOOTINGS,UNDER ROADS, PAVING AND STRUCTURES.E.MAINLINE PIPING BETWEEN THE POINT OF CONNECTION, METER ANDBACKFLOW PREVENTER TO BE OF MATERIAL AS REQUIRED BY THEGOVERNING WATER DISTRICT.F.FINAL LOCATION OF THE AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER ENCLOSURE AND THEBACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE LANDSCAPEARCHITECT, AND/OR OWNER, WHERE APPLICABLE.G.IN ADDITION TO THE SLEEVES SHOWN ON THE PLAN, THE IRRIGATIONCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION OFADDITIONAL SLEEVES OF SUFFICIENT SIZE UNDER ALL PAVED AREAS PRIORTO PAVING UPON AND DIRECTION AND APPROVAL OF THE LANDSCAPEARCHITECT, IF REQUIRED TO OPERATE SYSTEMS.H.THE IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL FLUSH ALL LINES AND ADJUST ALLHEADS FOR MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE AND TO PREVENT OVER SPRAY ONTOWALLS, STREETS, AND BUILDINGS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE SELECTING THEBEST NOZZLE RADIUS TO FIT UNUSUAL SITE CONDITIONS AT NO EXTRA COSTTO THE AGENCY. CALL THE LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT 48 HOURS IN ADVANCEFOR ANY COVERAGE TESTS.I.IRRIGATION CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST MAINLINE DEPTH AS REQUIRED TOACCOMMODATE 3" MINIMUM CLEARANCE FROM THE TOP OF QUICK COUPLERVALVE, GATE VALVE, AND REMOTE CONTROL VALVE TO BOTTOM OF VALVEBOX LID.IRRIGATION NOTESREVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLI-1.0IRRIGATIONPLAN0"=1'-0"ECECFFPOINT OF CONNECTION MAINPRESSURE LINE FROM 1ST FLOORQUICK COUPLERS HAVE BEENPROVIDED FOR WATERINGINDIVIDUAL PLANTERSNORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8'4'16'NUMBERMODELSIZETYPEGPMHEADSPIPE 1/2"PIPE 3/4"PIPE 1"WIREDESIGN PSIFRICTION LOSSVALVE LOSSPSIPSI @ POCHEAD ELEVPRECIP1NETAFIM LVCZ10075-HFHP1"AREA FOR DRIPLINE0.7180.9 LF82.9250.237.232.41.39 in/h2NETAFIM LVCZ10075-HFHP1"AREA FOR DRIPLINE9.091,032 LF159.527.64.1252.6610.338.01.51 in/h3HUNTER PGV-100A1"BUBBLER3.514200.1301.3132.31.40 in/h4HUNTER PGV-100A1"BUBBLER0.526.5200.01121.01.08 in/h5NETAFIM LVCZS8010075-LF1"AREA FOR DRIPLINE2.6298.6 LF108.6250.975.638.115 ft1.95 in/h6NETAFIM LVCZS8010075-LF1"AREA FOR DRIPLINE1.43162.9 LF53.4250.555.1337.215 ft2.0 in/hVALVE SCHEDULE801
REVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL
450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLI-2.0IRRIGATIONDETAILS0"=1'-0"REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW DEVICE123456712345671MASTER CONTROL VALVE18" MINIMUM BELOW GRADE. 12" MIN. BELOW GRADE.2FLOW SENSOR ASSEMBLY5 DIAMETERSPIPE LENGTH.10 DIAMETERS PIPE LENGTH12" MIN.
BELOW GRADE.
18" MINIMUM
BELOW GRADE.3BRASS ISOLATION VALVE18" BELOW GRADE4 QUICK COUPLING VALVE AT GRADE IN PLANTER BOX2"5PRO-C CONVENTIONAL CONTROLLER10"R6RAIN-CLIKR7PGV ANGLE VALVE WITH FLOW CONTROLR85,242,112U.S. PAT.HunterR18" AND 36" ROOT ZONE WATERING SYSTEMR9BUBBLER ON RISER1212345673456710802
REVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL
450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLI-2.1IRRIGATIONDETAILS0"=1'-0"DRIP ZONE KIT IN VALVE BOX112233445566778899101011121112131314141TECHLINE HCVXR CENTER FEED LAYOUTNOTE:12345678910123456789102NETAFIM TECHLINE FLUSH VALVE1"TWO BRICKS FOR BOXSUPPORT.31234512LEGEND:ECO INDICATOR34PVC LATERAL PIPEFINISHED GRADEADJACENT MULCH5SWING JOINTECO INDICATOR - SWING JOINT 4803
UPDNDNTRL962424PLANTER BELOWON FIRST FLOORRL602442RL1082442NORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8416DIAL TOLL FREE1-800-422-4133AT LEAST TWO DAYSBEFORE YOU DIGUNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIAREVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLP-1.0FIRST FLOORLIGHTINGPLANSYMBOLS LEGENDSYMBOLS INDICATEPROPOSED TREE LOCATIONSEE SHEET LL-2.0 FOR LIGHTING DETAILS.LIGHTING DETAILS:1 LED = 2.4 WATTS3 LED = 4.5 WATTS6 LED = 11.5 WATTS9 LED = 13.5 WATTSLED WATTAGECONSUMPTION CHART:TRANSFORMERS TO BE SIZED PER THE OVERALL VOLT AMPS (VA) NOT PER WATTS USED.TRANSFORMER SIZING NOTE:WIRE LOAD KEY:SSSSSST#LOADTAPT# / F#LOADTAPTRANSFORMER KEY:FIXTURE GROUPING KEY:FIXTURE #LOADCAPACITYT-#STEEL EDGING4" SCHEDULE 40 SLEEVENORTH0SCALE :X" = X'-0"XXXA.THIS PLAN IS INTENDED FOR LANDSCAPE LIGHTING PURPOSES ONLY. ALL LIGHTINGFIXTURES AND TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERSSPECIFICATIONS. IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO MAINTAIN COMPLIANCEWITH ALL LOCAL BUILDING SAFETY CODES AND ORDINANCES.B.ALL LIGHTING CABLES, INCLUDING LOW VOLTAGE, TO BE PLACED IN CONDUIT INACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE CITY REQUIREMENTS .C.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE COLOR/FINISH SAMPLES FOR FIXTURES SPECIFIED.D.FIXTURES ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHOW FIELDVERIFY THE ACTUAL PLACEMENT OF EACH FIXTURE UPON COMPLETION OFLANDSCAPE INSTALLATION.E.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY PLACEMENT OF ALL LIGHT FIXTURES WITHOWNER/LANDSCAPE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.F.CONTRACTOR TO CROSS-REFERENCE THIS SHEET WITH PLANTING PLAN ( LP-1.0) TOCOORDINATE ALL FIXTURE LOCATIONS.G.CONTRACTOR VERIFY ALL LAMP SPECIFICATIONS WITH OWNER PRIOR TO FINALINSTALLATION.H.ALL PATH LIGHTS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM ANYSIDEWALK OR VERTICAL STRUCTURE.I.ALL LOW-VOLTAGE DIRECT BURIAL WIRE TO BE INSTALLED AT 2"-3" INCHES BELOWFINISH GRADE.J.IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE FUTURE DISTURBANCE, ALL WIRE RUNS SHALL BE INSTALLEDPARALLEL AND ADJACENT TO HARD SURFACES SUCH AS SIDEWALKS DRIVEWAYS ANDWALLS.K.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTALLING SLEEVES UNDER ALLHARDSCAPE SURFACES USING A MINIMUM 1 INCH PVC PIPEL.CONTRACTOR TO PLACE CONDUIT IN SLEEVING UNDER ALL WALLS, WALKWAYS ANDPAVING.M.ALL UNDERGROUND SPLICES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN UNDERGROUND J-BOXES WITHWATER TIGHT CONNECTIONS LEAVING 12 INCHES OF EXCESS WHAT YOUR SLACKN.ALL EXTERIOR 120 - VOLT ELECTRICAL OUTLETS SHALL BE GFI PROTECTED AS PERNATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODEO.ALL TRANSFORMERS PLUGGED INTO AN OUTDOOR RECEPTACLE SHALL HAVE AN "INUSE"COVER. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TAYMAC TYPE COVERS AT ALL OUTLETSP.ALL PLUG-IN TRANSFORMERS SHALL HAVE A DRIP LOOP IN THE POWER CORD.Q.ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT'S SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH SURROUNDINGSR.THE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADJUSTING THE FIXTURESAT NIGHT TO HELP ELIMINATE GLARE AND TO ENSURE OPTIMUM LIGHTING EFFECTS.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY A MINIMUM OF 10 VOLTS AT THE LAST AT THE LAST FIXTUREFOR OPTIMAL OPERATION.T.CONTRACTOR TO CENTER FEED THE SYSTEM WHEN AT ALL POSSIBLE and VERIFY ALLWIRE CONNECTIONS ARE AT THE FIXTURES.GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES:Scale: 1/8":1'-0"FIRST FLOOR LIGHTING1NORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8'4'16'NORTH0SCALE :1/8" = 1'-0"8'4'16'Scale: 1/8":1'-0"SECOND FLOOR LIGHTING2167VA150W110VA12V129VA13V128VA14V1 / 3A2.4VA12V1 / 22.4VA13V1 / 12.4VA13V 1 / 22.4VA13V1 / 3A2.4VA13V1 / 22.4VA13V1 / 3B2.4VA14V1 / 3B2.4VA14VTPHOTOSYMBOLMANUFACTURER/MODEL/DESCRIPTIONQTYDETAIL1FX LUMINAIRE FBFITS WELL INTO TIGHT SPACES. 7.5IN. H X 2.0IN. DIA.ORDER CODE: FB, ALUMINUM ALLOY, (FB) FLAT BLACK,LONG SLOT SPIKELAMP: FB-1LED, 2W / 2.4VA, 2700K, BEAMSPREAD: SPOTACCESSORIES: (VHRUL) VARIABLE HEIGHT RISER FORUPLIGHTS31/LI-2.02FX LUMINAIRE QBSMALL-SCALE WASH UP LIGHT. 2.16IN. W X 5.95IN. L X2.93IN. H.ORDER CODE: QB, ALUMINUM ALLOY, (FB) FLAT BLACK,3-PRONG SPIKELAMP: QB-1LED, 2W / 2.4VA, 2700K, BEAMSPREAD: VERYWIDE FLOOD62/LI-2.03FX LUMINAIRE QZDIE-CAST ALUMINUM UP LIGHT WITH POWDER COATEDFINISH. 1.75IN. DIA X 5.75IN. H.ORDER CODE: QZ, ALUMINUM ALLOY, (FB) FLAT BLACK,3-PRONG SPIKELAMP: QZ-1LED, 2W / 2.4VA, 2700K, BEAMSPREAD: SPOT163A, 3B/LI-2.0FX LUMINAIRE DX-15011/LI-2.0#10 - COPPER AWG - LOW-VOLTAGE DIRECT-BURIAL315 LFLIGHTING SCHEDULETO TRANSFORMER ON 1ST FLOORTO LIGHT FIXTURES ON 2ND FLOORSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS804
FX LUMINAIRE1940 Diamond StreetSan Marcos, CA 92078Main: 760-744-5240Technical Support: 760-591-7383 www.fxl.comQB UP LIGHTNOT TO SCALEPOST MOUNT13.0"/33.02 cm Finished grade.FX Luminaire QB fixture. See plan legendfor wattage and accessories.Aim fixture a minimum of 10° off verticalto allow water and dirt to drain off lens cap.FX Luminaire Post Mount.Direct bury, UF/UL, copper, low voltagecable with 3M DBR/Y-6 direct bury splice kit.Leave 18" minimum wire loop coiled belowfixture for service.12346Installation to be completed in accordancewith manufacturer's specifications.Accepts 10-15 volts - AC or DCSee plan legend for LED board option andaccessories.Always refer to FX product installation notesprior to installation.NOTESA.B.C.D.DETAIL LEGEND12635Concrete footing. Depth per local code.5465.95"/15.11 cm 2.9"/7.45 cmFX LUMINAIRE1940 Diamond StreetSan Marcos, CA 92078Main: 760-744-5240Technical Support: 760-591-7383 www.fxl.comFB UP LIGHTNOT TO SCALEPOST MOUNT13.0"/33.02 cm Finished grade.FX Luminaire FB fixture. See plan legendfor wattage, beam spread and accessories.Aim fixture a minimum of 10° off verticalto allow water and dirt to drain off lens cap.FX Luminaire Post Mount.Direct bury, UF/UL, copper, low voltagecable with 3M DBR/Y-6 direct bury splice kit.Leave 18" minimum wire loop coiled belowfixture for service.12346Installation to be completed in accordancewith manufacturer's specifications.Accepts 10-15 volts - AC or DCSee plan legend for LED board option, beamspreads, and accessories.Always refer to FX product installation notesprior to installation.NOTESA.B.C.D.DETAIL LEGEND1635Concrete footing. Depth per local code.54627.5"/19 cm 2"
/
5 c
m
FX LUMINAIRE1940 Diamond StreetSan Marcos, CA 92078Main: 760-744-5240Technical Support: 760-591-7383 www.fxl.comQZ UP LIGHTNOT TO SCALEPOST MOUNT13.0"/33.02 cm Finished grade.FX Luminaire QZ fixture. See plan legendfor wattage, beam spread and accessories.Aim fixture a minimum of 10° off verticalto allow water and dirt to drain off lens cap.FX Luminaire Post Mount.Direct bury, UF/UL, copper, low voltagecable with 3M DBR/Y-6 direct bury splice kit.Leave 18" minimum wire loop coiled belowfixture for service.12346Installation to be completed in accordancewith manufacturer's specifications.Accepts 10-15 volts - AC or DCSee plan legend for LED board option, beamspreads, and accessories.Always refer to FX product installation notesprior to installation.NOTESA.B.C.D.DETAIL LEGEND21635Concrete footing. Depth per local code.5465.75"/14.61 cm
1. 7
5 "
4. 4
5 c
m1½" Schedule 40 PVC Pipe77QZ UP LIGHTFinished grade.FX Luminaire QZ fixture. See plan legendfor wattage, beam spread and accessories.Aim fixture a minimum of 10° off verticalto allow water and dirt to drain off lens cap.FX Luminaire Super Slot Spike mount.Direct bury, UF/UL, copper, low voltagecable with 3M DBR/Y-6 direct bury splice kit.Leave 18" minimum wire loop coiled belowfixture for service.SUPER SLOT SPIKE1234521453FX LUMINAIRE1940 Diamond StreetSan Marcos, CA 92078Main: 760-744-5240Technical Support: 760-591-7383 www.fxl.comInstallation to be completed in accordancewith manufacturer's specifications.Accepts 10-15 volts - AC or DCSee plan legend for LED board option, beamspreads, and accessories.Always refer to FX product installation notesprior to installation.NOTESA.B.C.D.DETAIL LEGEND5.75"/14.61 cm
1. 7
5 "
8.0"/20.32 cm5NOT TO SCALE4.
4 5
c
m1Transformer CoverFacepack ConnectionOutput TerminalsPrimary Voltage CoverExternal Input Terminal BlockLCD ScreenBack ButtonClickable Scroll WheelController ComponentsFacepack ComponentsDX-150 TRASFORMERWALL MOUNTA.Place transformer(s) in a well-ventilatedarea away from direct irrigation spray andcentral to the proposed installation site ofthe majority of the lighting fixtures. Theprimary goal is to minimize the length ofcable runs from your transformer(s) to thelighting fixtures, which minimizes voltagedrop and cable size. A common mistake isto locate the single transformer on theservice side of the house or in the garage,which might result in excessively longcable runs to reach lighted areas.B.Transformer(s) with power cords must belocated adjacent to a 120-volt,GFCI-protected exterior electricalreceptacle. If a 120-volt power source isnot available at the desired transformerinstallation location, we recommend thatyou hire a licensed electrician to run adedicated 120-volt, 15-amp circuit to thedesired location.C.Test all existing receptacles with both areceptacle tester and a digital voltmeter oramp clamp to verify proper wiring andvoltage at the receptacle.234512345123123REVISIONSSTAMPSHEET TITLESHEET NO.PLACENTIA HOTEL 450 South Placentia Ave,
Placentia CA 92870THIS DRAWING, AS AN INSTRUMENTOF SERVICE, IS THE PROPERTY OFTHE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER AND MAYNOT BE REPRODUCED WITHOUT THELANDSCAPE DESIGNER'S PERMISSIONAND UNLESS THE REPRODUCTIONCARRIES THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER'S NAME. ALL DESIGN ANDOTHER INFORMATION SHOWN ONTHE DRAWING ARE FOR USE ON THESPECIFIED PROJECT ONLY ANDSHALL NOT BE USED OTHERWISEWITHOUT WRITTEN PERMISSIONFROM THE LANDSCAPE DESIGNER.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVEPRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS. CONTRACTORS SHALLVERIFY AND BE RESPONSIBLE FORALL DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSON THE JOB AND THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER IS TO BE INFORMED OFANY VARIATIONS FROM THEDIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONSSHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EXISTING CONDITIONS ANDLOCATIONS OF UTILITIES HAVE NOTBEEN VERIFIED INDEPENDENTLY. ITSHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OFTHE CONTRACTOR BEFOREBEGINNING WORK TO DETERMINETHE EXACT LOCATION OF ALLEASEMENTS AND EXISTINGUTILITIES. THE CONTRACTOR SHALLBE RESPONSIBLE FOR SECURING ALLPERMITS AND ENGINEERINGREQUIRED NOT INCLUDED IN THESEDRAWINGS. CIVIL, STRUCTURAL ANDMECHANICAL ENGINEERING BYOTHERS. GRADING AND DRAINAGEBY OTHERS. SHOP DRAWINGS MUSTBE SUBMITTED TO THE LANDSCAPEDESIGNER FOR REVIEW BEFOREPROCEEDING WITH FABRICATION.DATE07/01/2025SCALEAS SHOWNLL-2.0LIGHTINGDETAILS805
806
City of Placentia – Vicinity Map for 450 S. Placentia Avenue
C-2(H65)
C-2(H65)
M
City of Fullerton
Subject Property
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
Agenda Item No: 3.a
PLACENTIA CITY COUNCIL AGENDA REPORT
Meeting Date: December 2, 2025
Submitted by: Chris Tanio
From: Public Works
Subject:
APPROVE A ONE-YEAR OVERNIGHT PAY-TO-PARK PILOT PROGRAM AT THE
CROWTHER PUBLIC PARKING LOT
Financial Impact:
Fiscal Impact:
The fiscal impact is estimated to be under $3,000 which consists of Public Works Maintenance staff time to purchase and install the sign posts and channels, install the signs provided by ParkMobile, and stencil the required parking spaces as paid overnight parking.
Summary:
The Crowther public parking lot located at 101 E. Crowther Avenue currently has 53 parking spaces (50 spaces and 3 handicap spaces) and is designated as no overnight parking from 2:00 a.m.-6:00 a.m. The City has observed the Crowther Lot being used for overnight parking despite it being designated as no overnight parking. This use is problematic due to constant enforcement and inequitable access for daytime users. Staff is proposing a pay-to-park pilot program for one year that would utilize approximately half the lot of 26 parking spaces or the full 50 parking spaces to be used as overnight parking with user fees to be set at either $5 or $10 per night. A pay-to-park overnight pilot program would provide a structured solution, improve fairness, and generate revenue to the City. Additionally, it would address the parking demand from nearby residents and improve the management and oversight of the parking use. Upon City Council direction on the rate and lot space used, the City will contract with a mobile and web app company, ParkMobile, to manage the overnight paid parking services while also providing the needed signage at the lot where it directs users to utilize their app to register their vehicles and pay an overnight fee.
Recommendation:
Recommended Action: It is recommended that the City Council:
1. Receive the staff report and consider City Council input; and
2. Approve a one-year pilot program to designate either 26 or 50 parking spaces at the Crowther Public Parking Lot for paid overnight parking with user fees to be set at either $5 or $10 per night; and
3. Approve designating Cameron Street as no overnight parking or maintain existing condition of overnight parking on Cameron Street; and
4. Authorize a one-year agreement with ParkMobile for mobile app parking payment services; and
816
5. Authorize the City Administrator, and/or her designee, to execute all necessary documents, in a form approved by the City Attorney.
Strategic Plan Statement:
There is no specific Strategic Plan Goal or Objective associated with this Council action.
Discussion:
The Crowther public parking lot located at 101 E. Crowther Avenue currently has 53 parking spaces (50 spaces and 3 handicap spaces) and is designated as no overnight parking from 2:00 a.m. - 6:00 a.m. The City has observed use of the Crowther Lot for overnight parking despite it being designated as no overnight parking. This use is problematic due to constant enforcement and inequitable access for daytime users. Staff is proposing a pay-to-park pilot program for one year that would utilize approximately half the lot of 26 parking spaces or the full 50 parking spaces to be used as overnight parking with user fees to be set at either $5 or $10 per night.
In Orange County, there are a few cities that provide overnight paid public parking with an average overnight permit fee of approximately $5 per night. Here is a comparison of overnight parking rates in the region:
City of Santa Ana Parking Garages: $150/month for overnight parking or $5/night City of Seal Beach Beach Parking Lot: $4 flat fee after 6pm City of Fullerton Downtown: $5/night from Thursday to Saturday City of Glendora: $5/night
To implement this program, the City would need to enter into a service agreement with ParkMobile, a specialized parking web service company. Staff determined they are capable of providing this service as they provide these mobile services for agencies such as Cal-State Fullerton and City of Newport Beach. Pursuant to the City of Placentia Municipal Code, Section 3.08.070, purchases of supplies, services and equipment may forego bid procedures when participating in an established governmental cooperative program. The proposal solicited from ParkMobile is reflective of an OMNIA Partners Cooperative Purchasing Agreement.
The projected annual revenue could range from $47,000 to $90,000, per year based on a $5 per night rate and depending on utilizing 26 or 50 parking spaces, respectively. Another option is to set the rate at $10 per night to capture additional revenue which could generate revenue from $93,000 to $180,000 per year depending on utilizing 26 or 50 parking spaces, respectively. Additionally, a $0.45 convenience fee and merchant of record fee of 3% the total transaction plus $0.20 per transaction would be charged to the customer. These fees go to ParkMobile and are not captured as part of these revenue projections. For example, if a $5 per night parking fee amount is charged, the total paid by customer would be $5.80 ($0.45 convenience fee + MOR fee $0.35). The City will not pay any fees to ParkMobile.
Additionally, the cul-de-sac street just to the east of the Crowther Lot, Cameron Street, does not have restrictions on overnight parking and continues to be fully utilized for overnight parking from what appears to be predominantly residents from the adjacent apartment buildings to the west. Another option for the City Council to decide is to restrict overnight parking on Cameron Street which may enhance public safety, promote off-street parking, and better facilitate City services such as street sweeping. Restricting overnight parking may force 817
more vehicles to either park in the Crowther Lot or 700 feet further east on Porter Way.
On November 17, 2025, City staff presented these options to the Streetscape Transportation and Advisory Commission (STAC). The STAC recommended to use the $5 per night rate and utilize the 50 parking spaces while also maintaining the existing condition of keeping overnight parking on Cameron Street. These recommendations are based off of what other cities are using for their overnight rate, having the flexibility to use the entire lot to accommodate additional parking from the nearby apartment complexes, and not forcing apartment residents to pay for parking.
Upon City Council direction on the rate, the lot space used, and the parking condition on Cameron Street, the City will then contract with ParkMobile to manage the overnight paid parking services. The proposed pilot program would help the City better manage parking demand, ensure fair and consistent use of public parking facilities, and gather data to inform future parking policy decisions.
Fiscal Impact Summary:
The fiscal impact is estimated to be under $3,000, which consists of Public Works Maintenance staff time to purchase and install the sign posts and channels, install the signs provided by ParkMobile, and stencil the required parking spaces as paid overnight parking.
Annual revenue is projected to range from $47,000-$180,000 depending on the rates and number of spaces selected by the City Council assuming maximum usage.
Attachments
Crowther Public Parking Lot_12-2-2025 Council Meeting.pptx PARKMOBILE PROPOSAL 2025 Placentia.pdf
ParkMobile Agreement and Insurance with City of Placentia.pdf 818
Pilot Paid Parking Program at the Crowther Street
Public Parking Lot
December 2, 2025
City of PlacentiaCity of Placentia
819
Background – Crowther Street Parking Lot
•Public parking lot
•Consists of 50
parking spaces and
3 handicap spaces
•No overnight
parking 2am-6am
Police Department
currently enforcing
820
Analysis – Crowther Street Parking Lot
•License plate survey
conducted
Confirmed parking lot
used largely by residents
of the Herald
•Overnight parking on
Cameron Street
821
Analysis – Crowther Street Parking Lot
•One-Year pilot overnight parking
program proposed
•Rate set at either $5 or $10 per
night, or other amount as
determined by City Council
•Use of either 26 or 50 parking
spaces for overnight pilot
program, or other number as
determined by City Council
•Streetscape and Transportation
Commission Recommended $5/
night and 50 spaces
822
Analysis – Crowther Street Parking Lot
•If approved by City
Council
Notify adjacent apartment
property managers
Install ParkMobile signage
in Crowther Lot
Parking space striping
Post “No overnight parking”
signage on Cameron
823
Recommendation
1.Receive the staff report and consider City Council input; and
2.Approve a one-year pilot program to designate either 26 or 50 parking spaces at the Crowther Lot for paid overnight parking with user fees set at either $5 or $10 per night; and
3.Approve designating Cameron Street as no overnight parking or maintain existing condition of overnight parking on Cameron Street; and
4.Authorize a one-year agreement with ParkMobile for mobile app parking payment services; and
5.Authorize the City Administrator and/or her designee to execute all necessary documents, in a form approved by the City Attorney. 824
Questions & Comments
825
How Par kMobile Works for Your Customers
ParkMobile is the industry leader in mobile parking payment options because of our commitment to both consumers and cities to provide a consistent, reliable, cost effective and easy to use system. There are many apps on the market which can complete a basic parking transaction in the simplest context. However, there are many stages to a customer's parking journey prior to standing in front of a meter, and many stages after the moment of transaction. ParkMobile is unique in our support for the entire customer parking journey.
ParkMobile core features include:
● Extend Time: Ability to add time to your existing parking session to avoid running back to “feed the meter.ˮ
● Multiple Payment Options: ParkMobile offers a variety of payment options, including most major credit cards Visa, Mastercard, Amex), Google Pay and Apple Pay. ● IVR Phone Number: For people without a smartphone, use an IVR number to make parking payments over the phone. Users who call the IVR will go through the flow-through audio prompts.
● 24/7/365 Customer Support: ParkMobile offers support via phone, email, text, and chat.
ParkMobile also has an extensive support site where users can get answers to frequently asked questions and read technical help articles.
● Map View: The map view based on location shows the user nearby zones. A user can then touch the zone number to quickly initiate a parking session. ● Start a Parking Session: Quick process to select your zone, confirm your vehicle and payment type, then start a parking session.
● Notifications: Customizable push, text and email alerts to notify a user when parking will expire.
● Manage vehicles: Easy to add, remove and update vehicle information. ● Transient and Event Reservations: Find and reserve parking ahead of time in area garages and lots. Available for daily parking or events at select venues.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 24 826
No other vendor offers a more feature-rich system that is solely focused on the total customer experience than ParkMobile.
ParkMobile App for iOS and Android
The ParkMobile app provides a quick and easy process to pay for parking. Our Product team is constantly researching the experience and optimizing the flow for users. Once a customer downloads the app and creates an account, a simple process is available to make a payment.
1. Enter Zone Number: The user will enter the zone number posted on the stickers and signs around the meter. To make this process easier, the app uses location-based GPS coordinates to display the nearby zone numbers on the map, allowing users to easily select the correct zone number and then proceed to the next step in the process.
2. Select Duration: The user will select the duration for the parking session. The duration is based on the rates and policies that are set up for that specific zone number in ParkMobileʼs backend systems. On this screen, the user will also see the default vehicle selected and can change it if necessary. The user will then touch “Proceed to Checkoutˮ to go to the next step.
3. Confirm Information: On the confirmation page, the user will see all the key details for the parking session: zone number, duration, payment method and vehicle. The user can edit any of this information before starting the parking session. After the user confirms the information, they touch “Start Parkingˮ to begin the parking session and will then see a countdown clock displaying the remaining time.
Figure – ParkMobile Zone Parking Process
ParkMobile Web App
ParkMobile's free mobile web experience at parkmobile.io enables users to pay for parking without downloading the full-featured app. While the ParkMobile app is available in English and Spanish, the ParkMobile Web Experience supports hundreds of languages based on the userʼs device ©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 2 of 24 827
settings. This ensures that all ParkMobile users have flexible, contactless payment options regardless of their native language.
The ParkMobile web experience also offers a Guest Checkout option, allowing users to purchase parking without creating an account. This is a good option for the infrequent parker who prefers to make a mobile payment but doesn't want to download an app or create an account.
ParkMobile Wallet
ParkMobile leads the industry in the acceptance of innovative payment methods for parking services, and this flexibility underscores our best-in-breed approach. ParkMobile supports both pay-per-transaction and mobile wallet payment models.
The ParkMobile wallet enables users to add funds, which will be withdrawn over time as they pay for parking. There will be one transaction on their credit card statement when their wallet is loaded, rather than multiple transactions on their credit card statement each time they make a payment.
ParkMobile users will not be able to initiate a parking transaction with their ParkMobile wallet if there is insufficient funds in their account. They will be asked to confirm that the wallet has sufficient funds before completing a transaction. The ParkMobile wallet does not allow users to have a negative balance.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 3 of 24 828
Figure – ParkMobile Wallet User Experience
Value Added Services
The ParkMobile system offers several value-added features that millions of ParkMobile customers throughout the US already know and have come to expect from their mobile payment provider today:
Customizable Notifications
ParkMobile provides automatic, real-time alerts via push notifications that notify customers prior to the expiration of their parking session. The timing of these alerts can be set to a duration of the customer's choosing. Alerts can be configured to be sent via email, SMS, and push notifications.
ParkMobile users will receive an in-app message and email alert once their parking session has expired.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 4 of 24 829
ParkMobile has developed a new feature for iOS Live Activities that allows users to view the remaining time for their session directly from their deviceʼs lock screen. This is a user convenience option that simplifies the process of checking on how much time is remaining for the current session.
Extend Time
The most popular feature of the ParkMobile app is the ability to remotely extend the time of a parking session. Users can add parking time without having to run back to “feed the meterˮ. A user cannot extend time past the maximum parking time allowed for that location.
ParkMobile Digital Reservations
ParkMobile also offers parking reservations for transient or event parking. Users can easily secure a parking space in advance through the flagship website at ParkMobile.io, a custom-branded reservations website tailored to match the clientʼs overall look and feel, or the responsive mobile website experience (available at parkmobile.io or the custom-branded website). ParkMobile aims to simplify the parking process and enhance the overall customer experience by providing flexible booking options.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 5 of 24 830
ParkMobile offers a simple and fast way to reserve parking. To begin, users can visit the ParkMobile or client-branded reservations website and follow these simple steps:
1. Search: Enter the desired date and time to find available parking.
2. Select: The map will show parking locations. Choose your preferred spot and confirm the date, time, and available amenities.
3. Log In or Guest Checkout: You'll be asked to log into your ParkMobile account, create one if needed, or check out as a guest (web only).
4. Provide Details: Enter your email, license plate number, and payment information to complete the reservation. If logged in, most fields will be pre-filled.
5. Confirmation: After booking, you'll get an email with a confirmation and a QR code. The email, QR code, or your license plate may be used to verify your reservation.
Event reservations follow the same steps except that the user will select the venue on the ParkMobile map and then have a list of events to reserve parking.
Gated Equipment
ParkMobile seamlessly integrates with gated parking equipment, allowing users to easily pay for parking, lift the gate, and exit the garage or lot through the app. The integration capabilities may vary depending on the PARCS provider the client chooses to deploy. Below is an example of a typical user flow.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 6 of 24 831
Figure – Mobile Payment Ticket Takeover User Flow
Camera Parking
As an additional convenience to the gated parking integration, ParkMobile also integrates seamlessly with camera-based parking systems. In this solution, cameras are installed at entry and exit points, automatically starting a parking session for registered users upon entry. When a vehicle exits the lot, the gated equipment calculates the duration of the stay and communicates the amount to charge to ParkMobile.
Figure - Camera Parking User Flow
Structured, Secured and Privacy-Focused
ParkMobile is compliant with PCI DSS, ISO 90012015, and SSAE 18 requirements.
We also prioritize transparency in data usage and have our Customer Privacy Policy readily accessible to users on our website. This policy is designed to help customers understand how we collect, use, and share information collected through our ParkMobile websites, mobile applications, and other services we operate. The policy can be reviewed here:
https://parkmobile.io/privacy-policy/ .
Multi-Channel Customer Service
ParkMobile offers bilingual customer support to parking customers based in our corporate headquarters in Atlanta, GA, along with an additional support team in Monterey, Mexico. We utilize ©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 7 of 24 832
the leading cloud-based customer service software, Zendesk, to handle customer inquiries and provide consumer education through detailed FAQs, guides, video demos, and technical help articles.
Inquiries or disputes can be submitted via phone, email, and the ParkMobile app or website.
ParkMobile users can contact our bilingual English and Spanish) support team 24/7/365 to get answers to questions and request changes to their account and other services.
● Our Customer Care team is available 24/7/365 and ready to assist whenever our customers need it.
● Our Level 1 PCI-compliant call center ensures customer data is fully secured. ● Our call center services nearly 25,000 customers per month, answering more than 85% of our calls within 30 seconds with an average of 20 seconds. ● ParkMobile maintains a minimum average Customer Satisfaction score of 90% for all interactions involving our Customer Care team.
● ParkMobileʼs Net Promoter Score is 57, which is considered “excellentˮ. For comparison, here are other NPS scores for other top brands:
○ Appleʼs: 47
○ Google: 11
○ Toyota: 33
○ Amazon:25
○ Microsoft: 33
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 8 of 24 833
How Par kMobile Works for Operations
ParkMobile 360 puts you in control. With this user-friendly web-based solution, you can effortlessly manage your parking inventory, set policies, adjust rates, and create special event rates. It has everything you need to keep your operation running smoothly and boost your revenue.
Key features of the PM360 portal include:
● Calendar View: ParkMobile 360 shows you daily, weekly, and monthly calendar views of all your parking policies, making it easy to visually see all your parking rates and make the necessary adjustments.
● Rate Creator: With ParkMobile 360, you can quickly create and import rates for specific days, weeks, or months. If you have a festival, street cleaning, or weather event, you can change and update your rates across different locations for special event rates. ● Policy Management Across Locations: ParkMobile 360 gives you a complete view of rates and policies across multiple locations. You can quickly apply policies from one location to another without having to rebuild a locationʼs rate structure. ● Rate Tester: Before you push out a rate change, ParkMobile 360 allows you to test that rate to ensure it works properly and avoid potential customer service issues.
ParkMobile 360 allows clients to manage rates and policies in real-time. Staff can make rate changes and push them out instantly. ParkMobile can support extremely complex rate structures with multiple rates in effect at different times and days of the week, in addition to special event rates. ParkMobile 360 also includes a Rate Tester, allowing staff to easily verify customers' rates on a given date, time, and location. This tool is extremely helpful in ensuring that rates are being displayed correctly and that there are no gaps in the policies when multiple overlapping policies are in place.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 24 834
ParkMobile Dashboard
ParkMobile provides robust analytics and reporting capabilities that include the ability to consolidate all of an operationʼs parking data in one portal. ParkMobile Metrics provides information with regard to total transactions and revenue across varying time frames, as well as transaction statistics such as the distribution of parking by hour of day, duration, and parking cost.
The financial reports contain transaction-level information, including pricing, user, zone, and payment information. These reports can be scheduled to be delivered to the userʼs email inbox on whatever cadence they prefer - daily, weekly or monthly.
Below are some of the key features of ParkMobileʼs client analytics tool:
● Easy-To-Read Dashboard View: Your data is delivered in an attractive, easy-to-read format with charts, KPIs, and graphs for monitoring trends and drawing insights. ● Scheduled Reports Delivered to Your Inbox: ParkMobile allows you to distribute the right information to the right people by scheduling daily, weekly, or monthly reporting emails to select staff members.
● Filter By Date and Supplier: You can filter data by date range and supplier, making it easy to pull the data you want to see and compare historical trends. ● Download ParkMobile Reporting Data in Multiple Formats: Quickly and easily download your data in the format that best meets your needs. Downloads are available in .xls, csv, and .pdf formats.
Below are examples of the reports and features available in the ParkMobile Dashboard:
Figure - ParkMobileʼs client analytics map view displays parking areas on a map to quickly select the desired locationʼs data
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 10 of 24 835
Figure - ParkMobileʼs client analytics location list view provides a quick glance at each parking locationʼs performance metrics. Clicking' View KPIs' allows users to view deeper analytics.
Figure - ParkMobileʼs client KPI analytics dashboard view provides a variety of visualizations of the programʼs performance metrics. Visualizations include previous 24 hours and monthly views.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 11 of 24 836
Figure - ParkMobileʼs multi-channel analytics view provides a breakdown of the share of transactions for all payment channels utilized by the client.
Figure - ParkMobileʼs search feature enables clients to filter parking sessions by area code, license plate, and date. Reports can also be exported as a report.
Integrations with Other Parking & Mobility Technologies
The ParkMobile system is purpose-built to integrate with the parking and mobility ecosystem through our unsurpassed integration capabilities and simple, easy-to-use tools.
Through our openly available Application Programming Interfaces APIs as well as direct partnerships, we integrate with most major industry providers, enabling our partners to adopt a best-of-breed approach to their mobility strategy and providing flexibility to move vendors and evolve with the industry. The graphic below shows all of the providers we are actively integrated with today.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 12 of 24 837
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 24 838
ParkMobile Signage & Marketing
Signage and Decals
ParkMobile provides all operational and promotional graphics, including all signage and decal stickers for parking equipment, at no additional charge.
Signage and decal design are critical aspect of deploying a successful mobile parking program.
According to our research, almost 49% of users first learn about our app through the signage at the meter. Our team works directly with our clients to understand the hardware assets in the field and what the pay station/meter looks like to produce the best sign and decal package. We have an in-house graphic design team that creates sign proofs for approval. We can create different shapes and sizes to meet the needs of each individual client.
Best practices for mobile app signage include:
● Bigger is better. Larger stickers and signs have been proven to drive greater app adoption. ● Minimize the elements on the sign. Less is more.
● Have a large zone number that is easy to read from a distance. ● Simple instructions on how to pay.
● Show that ParkMobile is also accepted to provide more payment options
We have recently refreshed our ParkMobile signage to include “Ways to Payˮ messaging, showing consumers that they have a wide variety of contactless payment options available to them with ParkMobile.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 14 of 24 839
Comprehensive Marketing Services
Over the past 15 years, ParkMobile has launched in over 500 cities. Through that experience, we have learned the key marketing strategies, tactics, and best practices for introducing a mobile parking app in a new market and continually increasing the app utilization post-launch. We even wrote an e-book on the subject that you can download here.
When ParkMobile develops a marketing program for a new launch, one size does NOT fit all. To ensure the programʼs continued success, ParkMobile will work closely with your staff to develop the right program. ParkMobile builds our marketing programs to focus on five key areas, outlined in the diagram and sections below.
1. Awareness
When launching a new or updated mobile parking app in a market, it is critical to get the word out.
The ParkMobile team deploys a variety of tactics to make sure people in the market know about the app. Awareness tactics may include local advertising on TV and radio, press outreach, targeted social media ads, street teams, and more. We will use email, in-app messages, and push notifications to activate existing ParkMobile users. ParkMobile will also look for opportunities to leverage local programming in the market. For example, in Atlanta, we created branded content for integration into a show about local restaurants called “Atlanta Eats.ˮ You can see the entire segment by clicking this link.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 15 of 24 840
2. Adoption
Once users have downloaded the app, ParkMobile activates our onboarding program to ensure they know how to get started. We send a welcome email with links to demos on how to use the app. Then follow up to make sure the new users have the information they need. If users download the app and set up an account but donʼt complete a transaction, we keep messaging them to encourage usage and educate them about all the locations where they can use the app to pay for parking. As a result of our adoption tactics, almost 90% of users who download the app go on to complete a parking transaction.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 16 of 24 841
3. Engagement
Once people are using the app, we engage them on an ongoing basis with emails, in-app messages, and push notifications. The goal is to keep them engaged with ParkMobile even when they are not actively parking. In addition to the app-based engagement, we retarget users on Facebook and other social platforms to serve up tactical messages and stay top-of-mind.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 17 of 24 842
4. Retention
ParkMobile strives to keep users engaged with the app for the long term. We consistently communicate news and updates to members through email, social media posts, and other tactics.
ParkMobile also has a re-engagement program for lapsed users who havenʼt used the app in several months.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 18 of 24 843
5. Advocacy
For loyal power users, ParkMobile urges them to become “ambassadorsˮ for the ParkMobile brand through social media and app store reviews.
To help the adoption of your mobile parking payment program not only see early success, but also continuously grow, we will deploy a variety of marketing tactics and strategies, including, but not limited to, the options listed below as examples.
Instructional Documents and Website Content
ParkMobile can provide helpful one-pagers and wallet cards, as well as content to embed in your website, email, and social media channels.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 19 of 24 844
Customized Video Content
ParkMobile has an extensive video library of demos and tutorials that can be embedded on the parking website and used in other digital channels. We are also able to produce any custom video asset as needed to support the program. You can see our full video library here:
https://vimeo.com/parkmobile .
Social Media
ParkMobile has a very strong social media presence with over 31,700 followers on Twitter, 34,500 followers on Facebook, 5,300 on LinkedIn, and 1,650 followers on Instagram. We will leverage this industry-leading social network to raise awareness for ParkMobileʼs products and services across the area. We also engage with local influencers to post about ParkMobile on their social channels.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 20 of 24 845
Special Events and Promotions
ParkMobile can set up special promotions for parking around the municipality. For example, you can offer “$1 offˮ, “free parking,ˮ or other incentives. The ParkMobile marketing team will work with staff to design and execute a promotion that is right for you.
Branded Swag Kits
We provide our clients with swag kits that include branded items like hats, shirts, water bottles, lip balm, koozies, and more. These items can be distributed at the parking office or at other events to help raise awareness of the parking program. We also use these items when we deploy street teams as an incentive to download the app.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 21 of 24 846
Pricing & Information on Getting Started
ParkMobileʼs services are based on a convenience fee added to each transaction, which is paid for by the end customer. This model allows you to collect your full parking fee amount, and allows you to use our services without any up-front costs or monthly subscription fees.
ParkMobile On-Demand Zone Parking) Pricing Option Fees Mobile Payment OnDemand) Transaction Fee paid by end user. Price does not include credit card processing fees. Client or ParkMobile can serve as Merchant of Record MOR.
$0.45
per transaction
ParkMobile Reservations Pricing Option Fees
Pre-Paid Parking Mobile Payment Reservations) Transaction Fee paid by the end user. Price does not include credit card processing fees.
Client or ParkMobile can serve as Merchant of Record MOR. 15%
of parking fee amount
No Charge Parking Reservations Fee paid by client. Zero Dollar Parking Reservation using access code to unlock a non-public parking product. $1.00
Per transaction
If ParkMobile is Merchant of Record MOR, our processing fees for credit card payments are 3% plus $0.20 per transaction.
ParkMobile Services Included At No Cost
● Signage and decal stickers for the initial rollout
● Setup and Implementation
● Call Center, Customer Support, Hosting and Maintenance ● Social media, PR, standard marketing, and advertising for program launch ● Integrations with meter, enforcement and LPR vendors
● As a backup to the integrations, ParkMobile will provide a cloud-based enforcement portal with secure credentials to validate active OnDemand smart parking sessions for each of your location(s) where your smart parking services are made available. ● ParkMobile 360 Customizable Self – Administration Toolset for reporting and setting rates.
Timeline for Getting Started
From the time a contract is finalized, the time to launch is typically 4060 days. Through our streamlined onboarding process, our implementation team will configure your rates, train your staff on back office systems, collaborate with our marketing team to plan your launch promotion, and create signage.
All ParkMobileʼs standard terms & conditions shall apply to this parking proposal Proposal pricing valid for 30 days
Explanation of Options for Credit Card Processing
ParkMobile offers flexible options for handing credit card processing:
Option 1 ParkMobile is Merchant of
Record
Option 2 Client is Merchant of Record
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 22 of 24 847
Rate 3% + $0.20 per transaction.
This rate will be applied to
transactions of all types, regardless of
the card type used.
Varies depending on your arrangement
with an existing merchant processor.
When you are Merchant of Record, you
pay a different rate on transactions
depending on the specific card type
used and other details.
Payment Methods
accepted
All major credit and debit cards VISA,
Mastercard, Discover, American
Express), as well as emerging
payment methods like PayPal, Apple
Pay, Google Pay, and more
Whichever credit card brands you
choose to accept based on your setup
with your merchant processor
Flow of Funds ParkMobile collects all parking
revenue and at the end of each
month, weʼll deduct ParkMobile
convenience fees and credit card
process fees and send you your net
revenue via check or ACH
You collect all revenue into your
merchant account daily (including the
additional ParkMobile convenience
fees added on top of your parking
rates), and ParkMobile will invoice you
each month for the ParkMobile
convenience fees
Benefits Choose this option if:
● You donʼt have an existing
merchant processor
● Your effective rate with an
existing processor isnʼt
significantly lower than 3% +
$0.20 per transaction
● You want to get set up as
quickly as possible MOR can
be changed at a later date)
● You want to offer the widest
range of payment methods
● You want to simplify the
accounting process
Choose this option if:
● You have an existing
processor with an effective
rate lower than 3% + $0.20
and donʼt mind a more
involved accounting process
● Your accounting or finance
team prefers this option
● Receiving your revenue by the
15th of the following month
creates a cashflow issue for
your operation (the 15th is the
latest we issue remittances,
often itʼs earlier)
Other All weʼll need in order to set you up
with this option is:
● W9
● Voided check or bank letter
● Completed ACH Authorization
form
If you wish to be Merchant of Record,
weʼll need to know which processor
you use. The merchant processors we
integrate with are:
● BridgePay
● PayPal
● TSYS
● Point & Pay
● Payment Express
● Elavon
● Transaction Network Services
TNS
● Chase Chase Paymentech &
Chase Spectrum)
● Heartland Heartland Bolletta
& Heartland SpiDr)
● FirstData Rapid Connect, First
Data Nashville, &
CardConnect)
● WorldPay Vantiv & Fifth Third)
● 3C Payment
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 23 of 24 848
Sample Transaction Fee and Credit Card Processing Breakdown
A customer purchases on average $3.00 worth of parking.
Parking Fee Amount $ 3.00
ParkMobile Convenience Fee $ 0.45
MOR fee $ 0.30
Transaction Total (paid by consumer) $ 3.75
Credit Card Processing Paid by the
consumer)
ParkMobile can provide turnkey credit card
processing at a rate of 3% + $0.20 per
transaction
CC Processing: 3% of Transaction Total
$3.45 x 3% $ 0.10
CC Processing: Fixed $0.20 per transaction $ 0.20
Total Credit Card Processing Cost $ 0.30
Total Transaction Processed Full Parking
Fee Amount + Transaction Fee + MOR fee) $ 3.75
Client's Net Revenue Total Transaction
Amount) $ 3.00
Options Regarding Convenience Fees and Credit Card Processing
If the Client wishes, we can adjust the customer convenience fee amount to help offset the Clientʼs credit card processing. For example, using a customer convenience fee of $0.55 per transaction instead of the typical $0.45, and returning that additional $0.10 per transaction back to the Client as a revenue share. If this is of interest, please let us know and we are happy to discuss the options available.
©2024 ParkMobile, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 24 of 24 849
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 1 of 11
rev. 09/22
This ParkMobile Service Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Parkmobile, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, with offices at 1075 Peachtree St. NE, Ste 3100, Atlanta, GA 30309 (“ParkMobile”) and City of Placentia, a California Municipality, with offices at 401 East Chapman Avenue, Placentia, California 92870, United States (“Client”).
This Agreement will become effective as of the last signature date below (the “Effective Date”). In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, the parties agree as follows:
PARTY CONTACTS
Client ParkMobile
Legal Name: City of Placentia Legal Name: ParkMobile, LLC Contact: Christopher Tanio Sales Rep:
Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] Phone: (714) 993-8132 Phone: (877)727-5457
Address: Address:
401 East Chapman Avenue, Placentia, California 92870,
United States
ParkMobile, LLC
1075 Peachtree St. NE
Ste 3100
Atlanta, GA 30309
For legal notices:
with a copy to ParkMobile’s Legal Department at the
above address and to [email protected].
SERVICE TERMS
Services ParkMobile will provide Client with the Services related to the following types of parking transactions: On Demand
Initial Term 1 year beginning on the Effective Date
Renewal This Agreement will automatically renew for additional successive 1 year terms unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Agreement's express provisions or either party provides written notice of non-renewal at least 90 days before the end of the then-current term (each a "Renewal Term" and, collectively, together with the Initial Term, the "Term").
Termination Either party may terminate this Agreement effective immediately on written notice to the other party, if the breaching party materially breaches this Agreement, and such breach: (i) is incapable of cure; or (ii) being capable of cure, remains uncured 30 days after the non- breaching party provides the breaching party with written notice of such breach.
Merchant of Record The parties designate ParkMobile as the merchant of record. Client agrees. to pay ParkMobile $0.20 + 3% of the total transaction amount per transaction for this service. ParkMobile will remit any amounts due Client in arrears to Client by the 15th of the following month.
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 850
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 2 of 11
rev. 09/22
Parking Locations The Services will be provided to Client in the following locations / geographical territory:
All Location at discretions of client
Signage Client will receive one free welcome kit that includes the aluminum signs and/or decal stickers necessary to complete implementation (installation not included). All signage included in the welcome kit is designed using ParkMobile's standard signage templates. Custom signage may be made available to Client for purchase at ParkMobile's current signage rates. Any requested changes to ParkMobile's standard signage templates will be treated as custom signage.
Additional and/or replacement signage may be purchased by Client at ParkMobile's then- current signage rates. Installation and maintenance of all signage is Client's sole responsibility.
Governing Law State of Georgia
Schedules This Agreement incorporates the following Schedules: Schedule 1: Client General Terms and Conditions; Schedule 2: Services
IMPLEMENTATION FEES
Description Units Rate Price
Implementation Fee 0 $0.00 $0.00
Custom Development 0 $0.00/hr $0.00
Total Implementation Fees: $0.00
ADDITIONAL FEES
USER FEES
On Demand User Fee $0.40 per transaction
The parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
CITY OF PLACENTIA PARKMOBILE, LLC
By: [r8yh9mv_____________________] By: [gfm43h8_____________________] Name: [k33tl1p_____________________] Name: [t8sb2py_____________________] Title: [m7qogwj_____________________] Title: [93rxjx9_____________________] Date: [rtce22g_________] Date: [6jeecm2_________]
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 11/20/2025
David Holler
VP Sales
851
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 3 of 11
rev. 09/22
SCHEDULE 1:
CLIENT GENERAL TERMS & CONDITIONS
1.SERVICES
1.1 General. During the term, ParkMobile will provide the Services to Client in accordance with the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.
1.2 Launch Date. The parties will mutually agree upon the launch date for the Services.
1.3 ParkMobile Application. On and after the launch date, Client’s Parking Locations, along with associated Parking Information, will be made available to the general public through the ParkMobile Application.
1.4 Parking Management Services. Subject to the license granted in Section 2, Client will be provided access to the Platform to manage Client’s Parking Locations and
associated Parking Information.
1.5 Parking Locations. The parties agree that ParkMobile does not own, operate, manage, or maintain any Parking
Location. Client agrees that ParkMobile is not responsible for the condition or operation of any Parking Location, including, but not limited to, the operation of third-party hardware and/or software-based solutions used by Client at the Parking Location or for the delivery and/or fulfillment of parking or other services at the Parking Location.
1.6 Publicity of Services. Each party will use commercially reasonable efforts to market the Services throughout the Term. All brochures and promotional material to be
distributed by Client will be in a form mutually agreed upon by the parties, which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
1.7 Exclusivity. Reserved.
1.8 PCI DSS. ParkMobile has obtained, and will continue to maintain throughout the term, Payment Card Industry –
Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) certification.
1.9 Online Client General Terms & Conditions. The parties agree that this Agreement supersedes the Client General Terms and Conditions that is publicly available at
https://parkmobile.io/client-terms with respect to the Services provided under this Agreement.
2.ACCESS & USE OF PLATFORM
2.1 Provision of Access. Subject to and conditioned on
Client's and its Authorized Users' compliance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all applicable laws and regulations, and Client’s payment of fees, ParkMobile
grants Client a non-exclusive, non-transferable right to access and use the Platform during the Term. Such use is limited to Client’s internal use. ParkMobile will provide Client the Access Credentials within a reasonable time
following the Effective Date.
2.2 Documentation License. ParkMobile hereby grants to
Client a non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, non-transferable license to use the Documentation during the Term solely for Client's internal business purposes in connection with its use of the Services.
2.3 Use Restrictions. Client will not, directly or indirectly, and will not permit any third party to, access or use the Platform except as expressly permitted by this Agreement. For
purposes of clarity and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Client shall not, except as this Agreement
expressly permits: (a) copy, modify, or create derivative works of the Platform or Documentation, in whole or in part; (b) rent, lease, copy, lend, sell, sublicense, assign,
distribute, publish, transfer, or otherwise make available the Platform or Documentation to any person or entity; (c)
reverse engineer, disassemble, decompile, decode, adapt, or otherwise attempt to derive or gain access to any
software component of the Platform, in whole or in part; (d) bypass or breach any security device or protection used by the Platform or access or use the Platform other than by an Authorized User through the use of his or her own then valid Access Credentials; (e) remove any proprietary notices
from the Platform or Documentation; (f) use the Platform or Documentation in any manner or for any purpose that
infringes, misappropriates, or otherwise violates any IP Right or other right of any person, or that violates any applicable law; (g) upload invalid data, malware, or other software agents through the Platform; or (h) use the
Platform for any purpose beyond the scope of the access granted in this Agreement.
2.4 Reservation of Rights. Nothing in this Agreement grants any right, title, or interest in or to (including any license under) any IP Rights in or relating to, the Services, whether expressly, by implication, estoppel, or otherwise. All right, title, and interest in and to the Services are and will remain with ParkMobile.
2.5 Changes. ParkMobile reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to make any changes to the Services that it deems necessary or useful to: (a) maintain or enhance: (i) the quality or delivery of ParkMobile's services to its customers; (ii) the competitive strength of or market for ParkMobile's services; or (iii) the Services' cost efficiency or performance; or (b) to comply with applicable law.
2.6 Suspension or Termination of Services. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, ParkMobile may suspend, terminate, or otherwise cancel Client’s, any
Authorized User’s, or any other person’s access to or use of all or any part of the Services, without incurring any resulting obligation or liability, if: (a) ParkMobile receives a judicial or other governmental demand or order, subpoena, or law enforcement request that expressly or by reasonable implication requires ParkMobile to do so; or (b) ParkMobile believes, in its good faith and sole discretion, that (i) Client or any Authorized User has failed to comply with any
material term of this Agreement, or accessed or used the Services beyond the scope of the rights granted or for a purpose not authorized under this Agreement; (ii) Client or any Authorized User is, has been, or is likely to be using the Services for fraudulent, misleading, or unlawful activities; (iii) there is a threat or attack on any of the Services; (iv) Client’s or any Authorized User’s use of the Services
disrupts or poses a security risk to ParkMobile or to any other client, end user, vendor or partner of ParkMobile; or Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 852
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 4 of 11
rev. 09/22
(v) this Agreement expires or is terminated. This Section does not limit any of ParkMobile's other rights or remedies, whether at law, in equity, or under this Agreement.
3.CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 Use of Platform Account. Client is responsible and liable for all uses of the Platform resulting from access provided by Client, directly or indirectly, whether such access or use is permitted by or in violation of this Agreement. Client must notify ParkMobile immediately of any breach of security or unauthorized use of Client’s account.
3.2. Parking Information. Client is responsible for setting all rates, zones, and other required information regarding its Parking Locations offered through the ParkMobile
Application and for keeping such information up to date within the Platform.
3.3. Effect of Client Failure or Delay. ParkMobile is not responsible or liable for any delay or failure of performance caused in whole or in part by Client's delay in performing, or failure to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement.
4.SERVICE AND SUPPORT
4.1. Scheduled Maintenance. ParkMobile will use commercially reasonable efforts to schedule downtime for routine
maintenance of the Services between the hours of 12:00
a.m. and 4:00 a.m., Eastern Time; however, ParkMobile
may modify this window from time-to-time by providing
Client with advance notice. If ParkMobile anticipates that it will need to perform maintenance activities that are likely to be disruptive to the use of the Services outside of the scheduled maintenance window, ParkMobile will use
commercially reasonable efforts to give Client at least 24 hours prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
ParkMobile reserves the right to perform any required
emergency maintenance work outside of the scheduled
maintenance window. To the extent practicable,
ParkMobile will use commercially reasonable efforts to
notify Client before commencing any emergency
maintenance outside of the scheduled maintenance
window and will use commercially reasonable efforts to limit or avoid impact to use of the Services.
4.2 Client Support. ParkMobile will use commercially reasonable efforts to assist Client with any technical support that Client may reasonably require in using the Services. ParkMobile will provide technical support for rate and configuration changes to Client Monday – Friday (excluding holidays)
between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. (ET). For
issues relating to On-Demand Parking Services, Client may submit a support request via email to
[email protected]. For issues relating to Reservation Parking Services, Client may submit a support request via email to [email protected]. ParkMobile will provide Client with emergency technical support 24 hours a day, seven
days a week, 365 days a year. In the event of an
emergency involving technical and/or system availability issues, Client may contact the on-call engineer via email to [email protected].
4.3 End-User Support. ParkMobile will provide customer
support for ParkMobile Users 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. There are multiple methods that ParkMobile Users can access customer support, such as:
ParkMobile’s online ticketing system, in-app chat feature, and toll-free phone number.
5.CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
5.1 General. Neither party will disclose the other party’s Confidential Information except to its employees, affiliates, agents, or professional advisors (“Representatives”) who need to know it and who have a legal obligation to keep it confidential. The receiving party will use the disclosing party’s Confidential Information only to exercise rights and fulfill obligations under this Agreement. The receiving party will ensure that its Representatives are also subject to the same non-disclosure and use obligations. The receiving
party may disclose the other party's Confidential
Information when required by law after giving reasonable notice to the disclosing party, if permitted by law.
5.2 Personal Data. In the event a party discloses Personal Data to the other party, the receiving party will have the right to use the Personal Data only as required and necessary to perform its obligations under this Agreement.
6.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP
6.1 Client Data. Client Data remains the sole and exclusive property of Client. Client grants ParkMobile a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free license to use Client Data in connection with the Services.
6.2 Client Brand Features. Client grants to ParkMobile a nonexclusive, nonsublicensable, nontransferable, royalty free license during the term to display Client’s Brand
Features in connection with providing and/or marketing the Services. ParkMobile will not make any use of Client’s
Brand Features in a manner that dilutes, tarnishes or blurs the value of such Brand Features.
6.3 ParkMobile IP. Client acknowledges that, as between Client and ParkMobile, ParkMobile owns all right, title, and interest, including all IP Rights, in and to the Services, including but not limited to the ParkMobile Application and the Platform.
6.4 ParkMobile Brand Features. ParkMobile grants to Client a nonexclusive, nonsublicensable, nontransferable, royalty free license during the term to display ParkMobile’s Brand Features in connection with the Services, subject to
ParkMobile’s Brand Guidelines available at
https://parkmobile.io/company/parkmobile-media-
assets/logos/. Client will not make any use of ParkMobile’s Brand Features in a manner that dilutes, tarnishes or blurs the value of such Brand Features.
6.5. ParkMobile User Data. ParkMobile User Data remains the sole and exclusive property of ParkMobile. Client will not, directly or indirectly: (i) sell or resell ParkMobile User Data in any capacity or form; (ii) create any derivative work using ParkMobile User Data; or (iii) use ParkMobile User Data for purposes other than those specifically allowed in this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties
acknowledge and agree that ParkMobile will not sublicense or provide any PCI Data to Client.
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 853
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 5 of 11
rev. 09/22
6.6 Resultant Data. Resultant Data remains the sole and exclusive property of ParkMobile. ParkMobile grants Client a revocable, royalty-free, non-exclusive, non-assignable, non-transferable license to applicable Resultant Data for the duration of the term only for Client’s internal use in connection with the Services.
6.7 Reservation of Rights. ParkMobile reserves all rights not expressly granted to Client in this Agreement. Except for the limited rights and licenses expressly granted under this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement grants, by
implication, waiver, estoppel, or otherwise, to Client or any third party any IP Rights or other right, title, or interest in or to the ParkMobile Application and/or the Platform.
7.FEES AND PAYMENT
7.1. Fees. Client shall pay ParkMobile the fees set forth in the Agreement that incorporates these Client General Terms & Conditions ("Fees") in accordance with this Section 7.
7.2 Payment Terms. The parties designate ParkMobile as the merchant of record. Client agrees. to pay ParkMobile $0.20 + 3% of the total transaction amount per transaction for this service. On or before the 15th day of each month,
ParkMobile will disburse to Client all parking fees
ParkMobile received during the preceding month from
ParkMobile Users on behalf of Client as a direct result of this Agreement, less any amounts owed to ParkMobile.
7.3. Taxes. All fees and other amounts payable by Client under this Agreement are exclusive of taxes and similar
assessments. Without limiting the foregoing, Client is
responsible for all sales, use, and excise taxes, and any other similar taxes, duties, and charges of any kind imposed by any federal, state, or local governmental or regulatory authority on any amounts payable by Client hereunder,
other than any taxes imposed on ParkMobile’s income.
7.4. Late Payment. If Client fails to make any payment when due then, in addition to all other remedies that may be available: (a) ParkMobile may charge interest on the past due amount at the rate of 1.5% per month calculated daily and compounded monthly or, if lower, the hi ghest rate
permitted under applicable law; (b) Client shall reimburse ParkMobile for all costs incurred by ParkMobile in collecting any late payments or interest, including attorneys' fees, court costs, and collection agency fees; and (c) if such failure continues for thirty (30) days following written notice thereof, ParkMobile may suspend performance of the
Services until all past due amounts and interest thereon have been paid, without incurring any obligation or liability to Client or any other person by reason of such suspension.
7.5. No Deductions or Setoffs. All amounts payable to
ParkMobile under this Agreement shall be paid by Client to ParkMobile in full without any setoff, recoupment,
counterclaim, deduction, debit, or withholding for any
reason (other than any deduction or withholding of tax as may be required by applicable law).
7.6. Fee Increases. ParkMobile may increase fees upon sixty (60) days’ written notice to Client. Notice may be via email.
7.7. Limited Payment Agent. Client appoints ParkMobile as its agent for the limited purpose of receiving, holding, and settling payments made by ParkMobile Users to Client in connection with the Services. Client acknowledges and
agrees that receipt of payment from ParkMobile Users in connection with the Services by ParkMobile shall be
deemed the same as receipt by Client itself.
8.REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
8.1. Mutual. Each party represents, warrants and covenants to the other party that: (a) it is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing as a corporation or other legal entity under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or other organization; (b) it has the full right, power, and authority to enter into and perform its obligations and grant the rights, licenses, consents, and authorizations it grants or is
required to grant under this Agreement; (c) the
representative that is executing this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or organizational action of such party; and (d) when executed and delivered by both parties, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid, and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms.
8.2 ParkMobile. ParkMobile represents, warrants, and
covenants to Client that ParkMobile will perform the
Services using personnel of required skill, experience, and qualifications and in a professional and workmanlike
manner in accordance with generally recognized indus try standards for similar services and will devote adequate resources to meet its obligations under this Agreement.
8.3 Disclaimers. EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS
WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN SECTION 8.1 AND
SECTION 8.2, ALL SERVICES ARE PROVIDED “AS IS.”
PARKMOBILE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT, AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING
FROM COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE
PRACTICE. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING,
PARKMOBILE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE
SERVICES OR ANY PRODUCTS OR RESULTS OF THE
USE THEREOF WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-
FREE. PARKMOBILE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR
DELAYS, INTERRUPTIONS, SERVICE FAILURES, OR
OTHER PROBLEMS INHERENT IN USE OF THE
INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS.
9.INDEMNIFICATION
9.1 Mutual. Each party will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other party from and against any and all
losses, damages, liabilities, costs (including reasonable attorneys' fees) ("Losses") incurred as a result from any third-party claim, suit, action, or proceeding ("Third-Party Claim") to the extent it arises from a breach of the
indemnifying party's representations and warranties under this Agreement.
9.2 ParkMobile. ParkMobile will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Client from and against any and all Losses
incurred by Client resulting from any Third-Party Claim that the Platform or any use of the Platform in accordance with this Agreement, infringes or misappropriates such third party’s IP Rights, provided that Client promptly notifies ParkMobile in writing of the claim, cooperates with
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 854
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 6 of 11
rev. 09/22
ParkMobile, and allows ParkMobile sole authority to control the defense and settlement of such claim.
9.3 Client. Client will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless ParkMobile from and against any and all Losses incurred by ParkMobile resulting from any Third-Party Claim arising out of Client’s disclosure or use of ParkMobile User Data in violation of this Agreement.
9.4 Mitigation. If any of the Services are claimed to, or in ParkMobile’s opinion are likely to, infringe, misappropriate, or otherwise violate any third-party IP Rights, or if Client’s use of the Services is enjoined or threatened to be enjoined, ParkMobile may, at its option and sole cost and expense:
(a) obtain the right for Client to continue to use the Services as contemplated by this Agreement; (b) modify or replace the Services, in whole or in part, to seek to make the
Services (as so modified or replaced) non-infringing, while providing equivalent features and functionality, in which case such modifications or replacements will constitute the Services, as applicable, under this Agreement; or (c) by written notice to Client, terminate this Agreement and
require Client to immediately cease any use of the Services.
9.5 Sole Remedy. THIS SECTION 9 SETS FORTH CLIENT’S
SOLE REMEDIES AND PARKMOBILE’S SOLE LIABILITY
AND OBLIGATION FOR ANY ACTUAL, THREATENED,
OR ALLEGED CLAIMS THAT THE SERVICES OR ANY
SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT INFRINGES,
MISAPPROPRIATES, OR OTHERWISE VIOLATES ANY
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD
PARTY.
10.LIMITATION OF REMEDIES AND DAMAGES
10.1 Exclusion of Damages. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
PROVIDED IN SECTION 10.3, IN NO EVENT WILL
PARKMOBILE OR ANY OF ITS LICENSORS, SERVICE
PROVIDERS, OR SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ITS
SUBJECT MATTER UNDER ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE
THEORY, INCLUDING BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, AND
OTHERWISE, FOR ANY: (A) LOSS OF PRODUCTION,
USE, BUSINESS, REVENUE, OR PROFIT OR
DIMINUTION IN VALUE; (B) IMPAIRMENT, INABILITY TO
USE OR LOSS, INTERRUPTION, OR DELAY OF THE
SERVICES; (C) LOSS, DAMAGE, CORRUPTION, OR
RECOVERY OF DATA, OR BREACH OF DATA OR
SYSTEM SECURITY; (D) COST OF REPLACEMENT
GOODS OR SERVICES; (E) LOSS OF GOODWILL OR
REPUTATION; OR (F) CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL,
INDIRECT, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL, ENHANCED, OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH PERSONS WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF SUCH LOSSES OR DAMAGES OR SUCH LOSSES
OR DAMAGES WERE OTHERWISE FORESEEABLE,
AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY
AGREED OR OTHER REMEDY OF ITS ESSENTIAL
PURPOSE.
10.2 Cap on Monetary Liability. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
PROVIDED IN SECTION 10.3, IN NO EVENT WILL THE
COLLECTIVE AGGREGATE LIABILITY OF PARKMOBILE
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT,
WHETHER ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO BREACH
OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
STRICT LIABILITY, OR ANY OTHER LEGAL OR
EQUITABLE THEORY, EXCEED ONE TIMES THE TOTAL
AMOUNTS PAID TO PARKMOBILE UNDER THIS
AGREEMENT IN THE 12 MONTH PERIOD PRECEDING
THE EVENT GIVING RISE TO THE CLAIM. THE
FOREGOING LIMITATIONS APPLY EVEN IF ANY
REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
10.3 Exceptions. The exclusions and limitations in Section 10.1 and Section 10.2 do not apply to ParkMobile's obligations under Section 9 or liability for ParkMobile's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.
11.ADDITIONAL TERMS
11.1 Omnia. ParkMobile is an awarded vendor with Omnia
("Omnia") to provide integrated parking management
systems to public agencies at established rates as set forth in the applicable Omnia Contract (contract number
158974)(“Omnia Contract”). Client’s procurement code
authorizes the use of other contracts, including the Omnia Contract, as an acceptable method of procurement of
competitively bid prices. Except as supplemented by the terms of this Agreement, all terms and provisions of the Omnia Contract remain unchanged and in full force and
effect.
12.GENERAL TERMS
12.1 Assignment. Client shall not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights, or delegate or otherwise transfer any of its obligations or performance under this Agreement, in each case whether voluntary, involuntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise, without ParkMobile's prior written consent. No assignment, delegation, or transfer will relieve Client of any of its obligations or performance under this Agreement. Any purported assignment, delegation, or transfer in violation of this Section 12.1 is void. This Agreement is binding upon and inures to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
12.2 Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction holds any term or provision of this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the rest of the Agreement will remain in effect.
12.3 Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for reference only and do not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
12.4 Notices. Any notice or communication permitted or required under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed received by the addressee: (a) when received, if delivered by hand with signed confirmation of receipt; (b) when
received, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight
courier, signature required; (c) when sent, if by email (with confirmation of transmission), if sent during the addressee’s normal business hours, and on the next business day, if sent after the addressee’s normal business hours; and (d) on the third business day after the date mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid. Notices must be sent to the attention of the
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 855
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 7 of 11
rev. 09/22
respective party's legal department at the address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement or such other address as either party may specific in writing. Any notice permitted or required under this Agreement that is sent to ParkMobile shall also be sent via email to [email protected].
12.5 Governing Law. This Agreement and all related
documents, and all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, whether sounding in contract, tort, or statute are governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the State of Georgia, United States of America
(including its statutes of limitations).
12.6 Amendment; Waivers. Any amendment must be in writing, signed by both parties, and expressly state that it is
amending this Agreement. No waiver by any party will be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No terms or conditions stated in a Client purchase order, vendor onboarding process or web portal, or any other Client order documentation shall be incorporated into or form any part of this Agreement, and all such terms or conditions shall be null and void,
notwithstanding any language to the contrary therein,
whether signed before or after this Agreement.
12.7 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with any other documents incorporated herein by reference,
constitutes the sole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and
supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
understandings, agreements, representations, and
warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter.
12.8 Third-Party Beneficiaries. There are no third-party beneficiaries under this Agreement.
12.9 Force Majeure. Neither party will be liable to the other for any delay or failure to perform any obligation under this Agreement (except for a failure to pay Fees) if the delay or failure results from any cause beyond such party’s
reasonable control, including acts of God, labor disputes or other industrial disturbances, systemic electrical,
telecommunications, or other utility failures, earthquakes, storms or other elements of nature, pandemics, blockages, embargoes, riots, acts or orders of government, acts of terrorism, or war.
12.10 Independent Contractors. The parties to this Agreement are independent contractors. The parties do not intend, and nothing in this Agreement should be construed, to create or enter into any partnership, joint venture, employment,
franchise, agency, or similar relationship. Neither party has the power to bind the other or incur obligations on the other party’s behalf without the other party’s prior written consent.
12.11 Export Control. Client will comply with all export and import laws and regulations of the United States and other applicable jurisdictions. Without limiting the foregoing, Client: (i) represents and warrants that it is not listed on any U.S. government list of prohibited or restricted parties or located (or a national of) a country that is subject to a U.S. government embargo or that has been designated by the
U.S. government as a “terrorist supporting” country; (ii) will not (and will not permit any third parties to) access or use any Service in violation of any U.S. export embargo,
prohibition or restriction, and (iii) will not submit to any Service any information that is controlled under the U.S.
International Traffic in Arms Regulation.
12.12 Interpretation. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted. The Schedules
referred to herein shall be construed with, and as an integral part of, this Agreement to the same extent as if they were set forth verbatim herein.
12.13 Counterparts. The parties may execute this Agreement in counterparts, including PDF and other electronic copies, which taken together will constitute one instrument.
13.DEFINITIONS
"Access Credentials" means any user name, identification number, password, license or security key, security token, PIN, or other security code, method, technology, or device, used alone or in combination, to verify an individual's identity and authorization to access and use the Platform. "Authorized User" means Client's employee, consultant,
contractor, and agent who is authorized by Client to access and use the Platform under the rights granted to Client pursuant to this Agreement.
"Brand Features" means a party’s trade names,
trademarks, service marks, logos, domain names, and
other distinctive brand features.
"Client Data" means any data specific to Client’s operation that is provided by Client to ParkMobile to be used in the provision of Services that is not available to ParkMobile publicly or by other means.
"Confidential Information" means information that one party (or an affiliate) discloses to the other party under this Agreement, and that is marked as confidential or would
normally be considered confidential information under the circumstances. It does not include information that is
independently developed by the recipient, is rightfully given to the recipient by a third party without confidentiality obligations or becomes public through no fault of the
recipient.
"Documentation" means any manuals, instructions, or other documents or materials that ParkMobile provides or makes available to Client in any form or medium and which
describe the functionality, components, features, or
requirements of the Services.
"IP Rights" means any and all registered and unregistered rights granted, applied for, or otherwise now or hereafter in existence under or related to any patent, copyright,
trademark, trade secret, database protection, or other
intellectual property rights laws, and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection, in any part of the world. "Parking Information" means parking zones, parking rates, parking restrictions, selected payment methods, and other information necessary for the provision of the Services for a specific Parking Location.
"Parking Location" means the location or locations of
Client’s on-street parking, off-street parking, reservation Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 856
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 8 of 11
rev. 09/22
parking, parking lots, parking decks, permitted parking, and other facilities where ParkMobile Users may park.
"ParkMobile Application" means any and all mobile and/or web applications, services, or interfaces developed,
hosted, or managed by, on behalf of, or in partnership with ParkMobile and that are made available to the general
public and that facilitates the payment of parking
transactions.
"ParkMobile User" means an end user that uses the
ParkMobile Application.
"ParkMobile User Data" means information, data, and other content, in any form or media, that is submitted, posted, or otherwise transmitted by or on behalf of a ParkMobile User, directly or indirectly, through the ParkMobile Application. "PCI Data" means, as applicable, payment card number,
cardholder name, expiration date, card verification code or value, service code, and/or security-related information used to authenticate cardholders and/or authorize payment card transactions
"Personal Data" means (i) any information about an
identified or identifiable individual; or (ii) information that is not specifically about an identifiable individual but, when combined with other information, may identify an individual.
Personal Data includes names, email addresses, postal
addresses, telephone numbers, government identification numbers, financial account numbers, payment card
information, license plate information, online identifiers (including IP addresses and cookie identifiers), network and hardware identifiers, geolocation information, and any
information that constitutes “personal data” or “personal information” within the meaning of any relevant and
applicable data privacy or protection laws.
"Platform" means access-controlled mobile and/or web
applications, services or interfaces developed, hosted, or managed by, on behalf of, or in partnership with ParkMobile that are made available to Client to administer, configure, manage and/or monitor parking sessions, parking rates,
and/or parking restrictions associated with Client’s Parking Locations.
"Resultant Data" means data and information related to
Client’s, Authorized Users' and/or ParkMobile Users' use of the Services that is used by ParkMobile in an aggregate and anonymized manner, including to compile statistical and performance information related to the provision and operation of the Services.
"Services" means the ParkMobile Application, the Platform, and all other services provided by ParkMobile under this Agreement.
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 857
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 9 of 11
rev. 09/22
SCHEDULE 2: SERVICES
ON-DEMAND PARKING SERVICES
ParkMobile offers a service to ParkMobile Users that facilitates the activation of and payment for on-demand parking using the ParkMobile Application (“On-Demand Parking”).
ParkMobile Users may begin and, if applicable, end a parking transaction in a variety of ways: (1) visiting https://app.parkmobile.io; (2) calling ParkMobile’s IVR System, or (3) using the ParkMobile Application. In order to register with ParkMobile and begin a parking session, a consumer simply provide ParkMobile with the information required by ParkMobile to create an account, including payment method information and license plate number. Thereafter, subsequent parking sessions only require the ParkMobile User to enter or select the applicable parking duration available for the applicable location.
The parking zone code of the Client parking areas are indicated on parking signs or on parking meters. Enforcers of the Client check the validity of parking status real time against the Platform via a web service offering, provided as par t of the Services, to determine if a valid parking right exists. This information can be accessed by using a handheld terminal, mobile device or personal digital assistant (PDA).
ParkMobile does not provide or pay for Client’s use of handheld terminals, mobile devices or PDAs for enforcement or any data plans or other items needed for communication between such items and the Services.
At their option, ParkMobile Users will receive parking alert services from ParkMobile via SMS, ParkMobile Application push notification or email. The ParkMobile User may be notified, for example, when parked for an extended period of time or when the maximum parking time nears expiration.
ParkMobile Users can use On-Demand Parking anywhere the Services are available.
All parking charges are automatically charged to the ParkMobile User’s payment method, and ParkMobile Users have real time access to an online account-based personal page accessible from https://app.parkmobile.io to access and print parking history, receipts, and statements.
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 858
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 10 of 11
rev. 09/22
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 859
ParkMobile Service Agreement
PSA-LF Page 11 of 11
rev. 09/22
SCHEDULE 3:
CLIENT ELECTRONIC FUNDS AUTHORIZATION FORM
This form authorizes ParkMobile, LLC to make payment to a business electronically. All payments will be paid in the account designated by the voided check or bank letter attached to this form once it has been verified by ParkMobile, LLC via telephone call, otherwise a check will be issued to the address on file. It is the responsibility of the client to notify ParkMobile, LLC of any changes pertinent to electronic payments, such as changes in banking information or email address.
PAYEE/CLIENT INFORMATION
CLIENT NAME:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON:
TELEPHONE NUMBER:
VERIFICATION CALL BACK CONTACT PERSON:
VERIFICATION TELEPHONE NUMBER:
PRIMARY FINANCE CONTACT EMAIL:
SECONDARY FINANCE CONTACT EMAIL:
SIGNATURE & TITLE OF AUTHORIZED OFFICIAL:
FINANCIAL INSTITUTION INFORMATION
BANK NAME:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT PERSON:
TELEPHONE:
EMAIL:
NINE DIGIT ROUTING TRANSIT NUMBER:
DEPOSITOR ACCOUNT TITLE:
DEPOSITOR ACCOUNT NUMBER:
TYPE OF ACCOUNT:
PLEASE BE SURE TO ATTACH A VOIDED CHECK OR BANK LETTER TO VERIFY THE ABOVE ACCOUNT
INFORMATION
This authorizes ParkMobile, LLC to send credit entries (and appropriate debit and adjustment entries), electronically or by any other commercially accepted method, to the account indicated above and to other accounts specified by Client in the future (the “Account”). This authorizes the financial institution holding the Account to post all such entries.
This authorization will be in effect until ParkMobile receives a written termination notice from Client and has a reasonable opportunity to act on it.
Docusign Envelope ID: 959E7EE7-FCA9-4CD4-B23E-C714915EE718 860
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER F :
INSURER E :
INSURER D :
INSURER C :
INSURER B :
INSURER A :
NAIC #
NAME:CONTACT
(A/C, No):FAX
E-MAILADDRESS:
PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext):PHONE
INSURED
REVISION NUMBER:CERTIFICATE NUMBER:COVERAGES
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed.
If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
OTHER:
(Per accident)
(Ea accident)
$
$
N / A
SUBR
WVD
ADDL
INSD
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $
$
$
$PROPERTY DAMAGE
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
AUTOS ONLY
AUTOSAUTOS ONLY NON-OWNED
SCHEDULEDOWNED
ANY AUTO
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Y / N
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
If yes, describe under
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
$
$
$
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
EROTH-STATUTEPER
LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EXP(MM/DD/YYYY)POLICY EFFPOLICY NUMBERTYPE OF INSURANCELTRINSR DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
EXCESS LIAB
UMBRELLA LIAB $EACH OCCURRENCE
$AGGREGATE
$
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION $
$PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG
$GENERAL AGGREGATE
$PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$MED EXP (Any one person)
$EACH OCCURRENCE
DAMAGE TO RENTED $PREMISES (Ea occurrence)
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY PRO-JECT LOC
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)
CANCELLATION
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2016/03)
© 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
HIRED
AUTOS ONLY
11/20/2025
Arthur J.Gallagher Risk Management Services,LLC
1050 Crown Pointe Parkway,Suite 600
Atlanta GA 30338
Laura McDonald
678-393-5244
[email protected]
Federal Insurance Company 20281
Chubb Indemnity Insurance Company 12777ParkMobileUSA,Inc. 1100 Spring Street Suite 200
Atlanta,GA 30309
1152093787
A X 1,000,000
X 1,000,000
10,000
1,000,000
2,000,000
X X
Y Y 36091030 5/1/2025 5/1/2026
2,000,000
A 1,000,000
X X
Y 73651271 5/1/2025 5/1/2026
A X X 10,000,000567293495/1/2025 5/1/2026
10,000,000
B XY 71835201 5/1/2025 5/1/2026
1,000,000
1,000,000
1,000,000
The City of Placentia,its officers,officials,agents,employees,and volunteers is included as Additional Insured on a Primary and Non-Contributory basis regarding General Liability and Automobile Liability when required by a written and signed contract with the insured per forms 80-02-2367 (Rev.5-07); 16-02-0292 (Ed.4-24).Waiver of subrogation applies in favor of City,its officers,officials,agents,employees,and volunteers for General Liability,Automobile Liability and Workers Compensation when required by a written and signed contract with the Insured per forms 80-02-2000 (Rev.4-01);16-02-0292 (Ed.4-24); WC 90 03 75 (05/18).
City of Placentia
401 East Chapman Avenue
Placentia CA 92870
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900